summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/17713-h/17713-h.htm
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '17713-h/17713-h.htm')
-rw-r--r--17713-h/17713-h.htm4653
1 files changed, 4653 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/17713-h/17713-h.htm b/17713-h/17713-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbeab7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/17713-h/17713-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,4653 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+<head>
+<title>Ars Grammaticae Japonicae Linguae</title>
+<meta http-equiv = "Content-Type" content = "text/html; charset=UTF-8">
+
+<style type = "text/css">
+
+body {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+td {vertical-align: top;}
+
+hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;}
+hr.mid {width: 50%;}
+
+p, div {margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: 0em; line-height: 1.2;}
+p {font-style: italic;} /* by default*/
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {text-align: center; font-style: normal;
+font-weight: normal; margin-top: .2em; margin-bottom: .2em;}
+
+h1 {font-size: 200%;}
+h2 {font-size: 150%;}
+h3 {font-size: 125%;}
+h4 {font-size: 115%;}
+h5 {font-size: 100%;}
+h6 {font-size: 90%;}
+.chapter {margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;}
+.side {text-align: left; margin-left: 4em;}
+
+em {font-style: normal;} /* switches off italics */
+
+p.illustration {text-align: center; margin-top: 1em;
+margin-bottom: 1em;}
+.nospace {margin-top: 0em;}
+
+.smallcaps {font-variant: small-caps;}
+.extended {letter-spacing: 0.4em;}
+.inset {margin-left: 1em; margin-top: 0em;}
+.ital {font-style: italic;}
+
+ins.edcorr {text-decoration: none; border-bottom: thin solid red;}
+ins.mycorr {text-decoration: none; border-bottom: thin dotted red;}
+
+.pagenum {position: absolute; right: 94%; font-size: 95%;
+font-weight: normal; font-style: italic; text-align: right;
+text-indent: 0em;}
+.folionum {position: absolute; left: 94%; font-size: 95%;
+font-style: normal; text-align: left; text-indent: 0em;}
+
+.mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em;
+margin: 1em 0em; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;}
+
+.contents, .contents2 {font-family: sans-serif; text-indent: -1.5em;}
+.contents {margin-left: 5.5em;}
+.contents2 {margin-top: .2em; margin-left: 6.5em;}
+
+</style>
+</head>
+
+
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's Ars grammaticae Iaponicae linguae, by Diego Collado
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Ars grammaticae Iaponicae linguae
+
+Author: Diego Collado
+
+Release Date: February 8, 2006 [EBook #17713]
+
+Language: Latin
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ARS GRAMMATICAE IAPONICAE LINGUAE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Louise Hope, David Starner and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+<div class = "mynote">
+Transcriber’s Note:<br>
+<br>
+This e-text contains some letters with unusual diacritics:
+<div class = "inset">ã ẽ ĩ õ ũ (tilde on any vowel)<br>
+ǒ ǔ (hacek / “caron”)<br>
+ę (“e caudata” = æ)<br>
+œ (oe ligature)</div>
+If any of these characters do not display properly&mdash;in particular,
+if the diacritic does not appear directly above or below the
+letter&mdash;you may have an incompatible browser or unavailable fonts.
+First, make sure that the browser’s “character set” or “file encoding”
+is set to Unicode (UTF-8). You may also need to change your browser’s
+default font.<br>
+<br>
+A number of typographical errors have been corrected. They have been
+marked in the text with <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"like this">mouse-hover popups</ins>. Details are explained at the
+<a href = "#errata">end of the file</a> after the author’s Errata.<br>
+<br>
+In addition to the ordinary page numbers, the printed text labeled
+the recto (odd) pages of the first two leaves of each 8-page
+signature. These will appear in the right margin as A, A2...
+</div>
+
+<hr>
+
+<h2 class = "extended">ARS</h2>
+<h1>GRAMMATICAE</h1>
+<h2 class = "extended">IAPONICAE</h2>
+<h2><span class = "extended">LINGVA</span>E.</h2>
+
+<h3 class = "extended">IN GRATIAM ET ADIVTORIVM</h3>
+<h3>eorum, qui prædicandi Euangelij causa ad</h3>
+<h3>Iaponiæ Regnum se voluerint conferre.</h3>
+
+<br>
+
+<h4 class = "ital">Composita, &amp; Sacræ de Propaganda Fide
+Congregationi<br>
+dicata à Fr. Didaco Collado Ordinis Prædicatorum<br>
+per aliquot annos in prædicto Regno<br>
+Fidei Catholicæ propagationis<br>
+Ministro.</h4>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/publogo.jpg" width = "303" height = "224"
+alt = "EVNTES IN VNIVERSVM MVNDVM PRÆDICATE EVANGELIVM OMNI CREATVRÆ">
+</p>
+
+
+<h3><span class = "extended">R&nbsp;O&nbsp;M&nbsp;</span>Æ,</h3>
+<h3>Typis &amp; impensis Sac. Congr. de Propag. Fide.</h3>
+<h3><span class = "extended">MDCXXXI</span>I.</h3>
+
+<h3 class = "ital">SVPERIORVM PERMISSV.</h3>
+
+<hr>
+
+<h4 class = "side ital">Imprimatur si placet Reuerendiss. P. M. S. Pal.
+Apost.<br>
+A. Episc. Vmbriaticen. Vicesg.</h4>
+
+<h4>Imprimatur</h4>
+
+<h4 class = "side">Fr. Nicolaus Riccardius S. Pal. Apost. Magister,<br>
+Ordinis Prædicatorum.</h4>
+
+<hr>
+
+<br>
+
+<div class = "mynote">
+The book contains no Contents or Index. Instead, the full chapter titles
+are listed here.</div>
+
+<div class = "contents">
+<a href = "#prologus">Prologus ad lectorem.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents">
+<a href = "#nomine">De nomine &amp; eius declinatione, &amp;
+genere.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents">
+<a href = "#pronomine">De pronomine.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#pronom1">De pronomine secundæ personæ scilicet ego
+&amp;c.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#pronom2">De pronomine secundæ personę: scilicet Tu, tui,
+tibi, &amp;c.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#pronom3">De pronomine tertiæ personæ, scilicet ille, illa,
+illud.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#pronom_rel">De pronominibus relatiuis.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents">
+<a href = "#form_verb">De formatione verborum, &amp;
+coniugationibus.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#preterit">De Pręterito imperfecto, perfecto, &amp; plusquam
+perfecto.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#futuro_1">De futuro primæ coniugationis.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#imperat_1">Imperatiuum primæ coniugationis.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#opt_1">Optatiuum primæ coniugationis.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#subj_1">Subiunctiuum primæ coniugationis
+affirmatiuæ.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#infin">Infinitiuum.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#neg_1">Prima coniugatio negatiua.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#aff_2">Secunda coniugatio affirmatiua.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#neg_2">Secunda coniugatio negatiua.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#aff_3">Tertia coniugatio affirmatiua.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#neg_3">Tertia coniugatio negatiua.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#subst_neg">Coniugatio verbi substantiui negatiui.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#condit">De Particulis conditionalibus.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#potent">De verbo potentiali.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#irreg">Verba irregularia quo ad coniugationes.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#verb_adhuc">De verbo adhuc, &amp; de eius formatione &amp;
+differentijs.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#verb_honor">De aliquibus verbis quæ de se habent honorem
+determinatum.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#advert">Aduertentiæ circa coniugationes verborum.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents">
+De Adverbiis.</div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#adverb_1">Caput primum.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#adverb_loc">De aduerbijs locorum.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#adverb_interr">Aduerbia ad causam interrogandum &amp;
+responendum.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#adverb_temp">Aduerbia temporis.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#adverb_neg">Aduerbia negandi.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#adverb_aff">Aduerbia affirmandi.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#adverb_comp">Adverbia comparatiua.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#adverb_sup">Aduerbia superlatiua.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#adverb_intens">Aduerbia intensionis &amp;
+exaggerationis.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#adverb_cong">Aduerbia congregandi.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents2">
+<a href = "#adverb_concl">Aduerbia concludendi, &amp;
+aduertendi.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents">
+<a href = "#prep_cas">De Præpositionibus casuum.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents">
+<a href = "#coniunct">De coniunctionibus &amp; diuisionibus.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents">
+<a href = "#interj">De interiectione.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents">
+<a href = "#sintax">De sintaxi, &amp; casibus, quos regunt
+verba.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents">
+<a href = "#arith">De Arithmetica Iaponiæ &amp; materia numerorum, in
+quibus hoc opus hic labor.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents">
+<a href = "#script">Aliquæ regulæ coniugationum in scriptura
+librorum.</a></div>
+<div class = "contents">
+<a href = "#errata">Errata.</a></div>
+
+<hr>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">3</span>
+<span class = "folionum">A2</span>
+<h3 class = "chapter"><a name = "prologus">PROLOGVS AD
+LECTOREM.</a></h3>
+
+<h4 class = "chapter">Et aduertentiæ aliquæ pro Iaponicæ linguæ perfecta
+pronuntiatione.</h4>
+
+
+<p>
+Etsi quondam à principio plantationis Orthodoxæ fidei nostræ <ins class
+= "edcorr" title = "corrected by author from ‘iu’">in</ins> Regno
+Iaponico, composita fuerit quædam ars grãmaticæ linguæ prædictæ a P.
+Ioanne Rodriguez Societatis Iesu; quia tamen raro res in sua prima
+conditione perfectæ lumen aspiciunt, &amp; aliàs, ob temporum
+diuturnitatem, vix aliquam copiam prædictæ artis est iam inuenire: Visum
+est mihi, aliquale Deo, &amp; ministris fidei propagationis (quæ sine
+linguæ instrumento non potest esse) obsequium præstiturum, si extractis
+ab arte prædicta necessarijs (sunt enim multa) &amp; relictis, quæ
+peritis in prædicta lingua talia non probantur; additis etiam ijs, quæ
+experientia, &amp; vsu, lectioneque continua librorum, Deo largiente
+(qui dat verbum Euangelizantibus) sum adeptus, in compendium alarè,
+&amp; sub breuitate redigerem præcepta omnia quæ ad eruditè vtendum
+lingua Iaponica, prædicatoribus (pro quibus labor est assumptus) sunt
+necessaria. Quia verò simul cum præceptis, &amp; regulis, expedit
+exempla, in quibus prædicta regulæ verificantur ponere; libuit etiam ad
+maiorem discipulorum consolationem &amp; iuuamen non solum hoc; sed
+etiam exemplorum omnium declarationem in lingua Latina (quæ inter
+Theologos est cõmunior) adiungere, quo nihil a magistro restet amplius
+desiderandum. Et si verò ea omnia, quæ tam in hac arte; quàm in
+Dictionario (quod, Deo dante, quanto citius in lucem edere gestio)
+continentur meo iuditio sint satis limata, &amp; secura, quibus
+fiducialiter quiuis vti potest; Examini tamen, &amp; iuditio melius
+sentientium subiecta esse volo, vt fidei prædicatio ab eruditiore
+lingua, fructuosior euadat.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando duæ vocales immediate coniunguntur in aliquo vocabulo linguæ
+Iaponicæ; non pronunciantur sicut in Latina valeo, aut in Hispanica
+<em>vaca</em>, sed vtraque integra per se profertur, <em>v,a</em>;
+<em>v,o</em>; <em>v,i</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Litera, <em>s</em>, pronuntiatur sicut, <em>sç</em>, v.g.
+<em>susumùru</em>, <em>sçusçumùru</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Litera, <em>j</em>, <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘prouunciatur’">pronunciatur</ins> blande, sicut in lingua
+Lusitanica <em>joaõ</em>, &amp;, <em>judeo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class = "pagenum">4</span>
+Litera <em>x</em>, pronunciatur etiam blande sicut in lingua Lusitanica
+<em>queixumes</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando supra literam, <em>o</em>, fuerit hoc signum <em>^</em>
+pronunciatur, <em>ô</em>, ac si esset, <em>ou</em>, labijs quasi
+iunctis, &amp; ore penè clauso: v.g. <em>búppô</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando verò supra <em>o</em>, fuerit hoc signum, <em>v</em>, vel,
+<em>ó</em>, pronunciatur ore aperto, &amp; ac si essent duæ literae,
+<em>oo</em>, v.g. <em>tènxó</em>, vel <em>gacuxǒ</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Si vero prædicta signa, fuerint supra <em>ú</em>, <ins class = "mycorr"
+title = "text reads ‘pronnntiatur’">pronuntiatur</ins> <em>ǔ</em>,
+detentum, ac si essent duo, v.g. <em>Tàifú</em>, <em>Aiaǔ</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando fuerit hoc signum <em>~</em> super aliquã literam ex vocalibus
+debet proferri sicut, <em>n</em>; sed non in integrum, sed cursim &amp;
+leniter v.g. <em>vãga</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Qe</em>, &amp;, <em>qi</em>, scribuntur absque, <em>u</em>, quia
+quando, <em>u</em>, sequitur post, <em>q</em>, vel post, <em>c</em>,
+utraque integrè pronunciatur absque sinalepha v.g. <em>quõdai</em>,
+<em>quàinìn</em>:</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando post, <em>g</em>, sequitur, <em>u</em>, &amp; postea immediatè
+alia vocalis <em>e</em>, vel, <em>i</em>, pronunciatur sicut in lingua
+Hispanica, v.g. <em>guenin</em>; si vero litera, <em>i</em>, ponatur
+immediate post, <em>g</em>, absque, <em>v</em>, pronunciatur sicut
+Italicè, giorno, v.g. <em>Xitãgi</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Litera, <em>z</em>, pronunciatur ea vi, qua in lingua Hispaniæ, Zumbar,
+v.g. <em>mizu</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Si verò fuerint duo, <em>zz</em>, violentiùs feriuntur, v.g.
+<em>mizzu</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando fuerint duo, <em>tt</em>, <em>xx</em>, <em>zz</em>, <em>qq</em>,
+<em>cq</em>, <em>ij</em>, <em>pp</em>; vtrumque opportet ferire vt fit
+perfecta pronunciatio, &amp; vis significationis percipiatur: nam v.g.
+<em>mizu</em>, significat mel; &amp; <em>mizzu</em>, significat aquam:
+vnde si eadem, vel violentia, aut lenitate vtrumque pronunties vel aquam
+tantum, vel mel solùm tibi proferent.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando, <em>ch</em>, anteponitur vocali, pronunciatur sicut Hispanice,
+chimenea: v.g. <em>fochó</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Si vero, <em>nh</em>, anteponatur vocali, pronunciatur sicut Hispanicè,
+maña, v.g. <em>nhuva</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Litera, <em>f</em>, in aliquibus Iaponiæ prouincijs pronunciatur sicut
+in lingua Latina; in alijs autem ac si esset, <em>h</em>, non perfectum:
+sed quodam medium inter, <em>f</em>, &amp;, <em>h</em>, os &amp; labia
+plicando, &amp; claudendo, sed non integrum, quod vsu facilè compertum
+erit: v.g. <em>fito</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando, <em>tç</em>, in aliquo vocabulo fuerit (quod est valde frequens)
+orare debet discipulus Deum, vt ei venas pronuntiationis aperiat
+<span class = "pagenum">5</span>
+quia est difficilis, &amp; in nulla lingua alia, est talem
+pronuntiationem inuenire: non enim pronunciatur vt <em>tç</em>, aut ut
+<em><ins class = "mycorr" title = "text reads ‘s’">t</ins></em>, uel,
+<em>c</em>, solùm, sed uiolenter percutiendo lingua dentes, ita ut
+utraque litera, &amp;, <em>t</em>, &amp;, <em>ç</em>, &amp; plus,
+<em>ç</em>, quàm, <em>t</em>, feriri uideantur: u.g.
+<em>tçùtçùmu</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Litera, <em>r</em>, pronunciatur blandè &amp; leniter ubicumque
+inueniatur, siue sit in principio, siue in medio uocabuli; u.g.,
+<em>ranguió</em>, <em>cutabirùru</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Ya</em>, <em>ye</em>, <em>yo</em>, <em>yu</em>, pronunciantur sicut
+in lingua Hispanica.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando à Iaponijs pronunciantur uocabula finita in, <em>i</em>, uel
+<em>v</em>, uix percipitur litera finalis a tyronibus: u.g. qui audit,
+<em>gozàru</em>, putat se audiuisse, <em>gozàr</em>, &amp; qui audiuit
+<em>fitòtçu</em>, credit se solum audiuisse, <em>fitòtç</em>, &amp; cum
+audit, <em>àxi no fàra</em>, percipit solum, <em>àx no fàra</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando uocabulo finito in uocali subsequitur incipiens in consonanti,
+præcipuè si sit, <em>b</em>, uel, <em>s</em>, inter ipsam uocalem, &amp;
+consonantem, pronunciatur litera <em>n</em>, sed non perfecta; sed
+lenis: u.g. <em>sònõ gotòqu</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Circa uocabulorum accentus magnam adhibui curam, ut illos signis suis
+proprijs locis supra literas in quibus accentus fieri debent, adaptatis,
+sensus &amp; sententia loquentis percipiatur: u.g. <em>qèi xèi</em>,
+habet accentum in utroque, <em>èè</em>. <em>fibicàxi</em>, habet in
+prima, <em>i</em>, &amp; in, <em>a</em>, &amp; idem in dictionario
+seruabitur ordo, notando accentus ea perfectione, qua summa cum
+diligentia potui percipere, si in aliquo sum deceptus, paratus sum
+corrigi; ea uerò quæ diminute fuerint dicta, uel desuerint, tam in arte;
+quàm in dictionario; cum facile sit addere; à doctiore supplebuntur, qui
+tertiam artem, &amp; secundum dictionarium aggredietur: ego enim ne à
+patre familias &amp; Domino Deo nostro reprehenderer, talentum nolui
+habere repositum in sudario, sed duobus, alia saltim duo superlucrari,
+&amp; cooperari saluti Iaponiorum; non solùm prædicando, sed præhendo
+prædicatoribus, si possem instrumenta linguæ, &amp; præcipuè modo ut
+possint illam extra Iaponiam addiscere: cum propter instantem
+persequutionem in Iaponia uix sit hoc possibile. Vale &amp; uiue felix
+lector. Matriti die 30 Aug. Ann. 1631.</p>
+
+<hr>
+
+<p>
+<span class = "pagenum">6</span>
+In hac arte Grammaticæ seruauimus ordinem, quem peritus Antonius
+Nebrissensis, &amp; alij seruarunt in suis linguæ Latinæ, per partes,
+videlicet Orationis, nempe Nomen, Pronomen, &amp;c.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "nomine">
+De nomine &amp; eius declinatione, &amp; genere.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+In lingua Iaponica non sunt declinationes per casus sicut in Latina, sed
+sunt quædam particulæ, quæ postpositæ nominibus, casuum; differentias
+constituunt in omnibus nominibus, tam appellatiuis, quàm proprijs. Quæ
+constituunt nominatiuũ, sunt quinque, <em>va</em>, <em>ga</em>,
+<em>càra</em>, <em>no</em>, <em>iòri</em>. Particula, <em>va</em>,
+postponitur quando quasi reduplicatiue, seu specificatiue volumus
+explicare rem vel personam significatam per tale nomen; siue sit primæ,
+siue secundaæ, vel tertiæ personæ: v.g. <em>Vàtacùxi và mairànu</em>,
+ego, vel, quod ad me attinet, non ibo. Particula, <em>no</em>,
+postponitur secundis &amp; tertijs personis, &amp; præcipuè si sint
+inferioris ordinis; &amp; quando in oratione est aliquod relatiuum, quod
+non denotat actionem transitiuam: v.g. <em>Sònàta no mǒxita còto</em>,
+id quod tu dixisti. Postponitur etiam particula, <em>no</em>: quando
+aliquid indefinitum dicitur: v.g. <em>iiè no àrucà mìió</em>, vide si
+sint domus. Particula, <em>ga</em>, postponitur regulariter primis &amp;
+tertijs personis inferioribus, &amp; etiam secundis quando sunt etiam
+infimæ vel humiliantur: v.g. <em>Pedrõga qita</em>, Petrus venit. Solent
+etiã hanc particulam postponere quando aliquid indefinitè volunt dicere,
+sicut dictum est de particula, <em>no</em>: v.g. <em>còco nì và iiẽgà
+naicà?</em> non sunt hic domus? &amp; si in oratione sit relatiuum non
+dicens actionem transitiuam, si referat rem inferioris &amp; humilis
+ordinis, postponitur etiam particula, <em>ga</em>: v.g. <em>sorẽgàxĩ ga
+càita fumi</em>, Epistola, quam ego scripsi, <em>sòchĩ ga iúta
+còto</em>, quod tu dixisti. Particulæ, <em>càra</em>, &amp;
+<em>iòri</em>, postponuntur &amp; faciunt nominatiuum quando oratio
+dicit actionem transitiuam, &amp; præcipuè si est oratio relatiui. v.g.
+<em>Deus iòri cùdasàrèta gracia</em>, gratia, quam Deus dedit. <em>Tòno
+càra còre vo vôxe tçuqerarèta</em>, Dominus hoc præcepit. Aliquando
+etiam nomina sunt in casu
+<span class = "pagenum">7</span>
+Nominatiuo absque aliqua particula: v.g. <em>Pedro Ioaõ vo
+iòbarèta</em>, Petrus uocauit Ioannem. Genitiuo sunt duæ particulæ,
+videlicet <em>no</em>, &amp; <em>ga</em>. Particula, <em>no</em>, seruit
+omnibus personis superioris ordinis: v.g. <em>Padre no võ qirumòno</em>,
+Patris vestis seu <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘habibitus’">habitus</ins>:
+<em>ga</em>, postponitur omnibus personis inferioris ordinis:
+v.g. <em>Pedrõ ga fùmi</em>, Epistola Petri.
+<em>so chĩga mòno</em>, res tua, <em>àrẽ ga càne</em>, argentum illius,
+<em>Tòno vàio cũ ga fucài fito già</em>, Dominus est magnæ cupiditatis,
+idest valde cupidus. Aliquando etiam prædictis particulis genitiuum
+constituentibus postponitur particula, <em>to</em>, v.g. <em>Pedro no to
+degozàru</em>, est Petri. Sed non est modus loquendi perfectus, unde
+melius est illo non uti; ponitur tamen ut auditus intelligatur. Quando
+uerò coniunguntur duo nomina substantiua ad faciẽdum unum quasi
+connotatiuum, non est necessaria particula genitiui, u.g.
+<em>còcuxu</em>, dominus regni. Secundum regulam tamen ordinariam
+deberemus dicere <em>còcu no xù</em>, &amp; hic modus faciendi
+connotatiua absque particula genitiui, est regularis in lingua Iaponica.
+u.g. <em>Maria còto</em>, res Mariæ.</p>
+
+<p>
+Datiuum constituunt duæ particulæ scilicet, <em>ni</em> &amp;
+<em>ie</em>, u.g. <em>Pedro ni móxita</em>, dixi Petro. <em>Padre ie
+ãgue maraxita</em>, Patri dedi, uel obtuli.</p>
+
+<p>
+Accusatiuum constituunt quinque particulæ, <em>vo</em>, <em>võba</em>,
+<em>va</em>, <em>ie</em>, <em>ga</em>, Prima uidelicet, <em>vo</em>, est
+usitatior: u.g. <em>Pedro voiòbe</em>, uoca Petrum, <em>va</em>, utuntur
+quando uolunt in particulari explicare rem significatam per nomen in
+accusatiuo, u.g. <em><ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘niffion’">niffon</ins>
+guchi và Xiranu</em>, linguam Iaponicam nescio. Particula,
+<em>võba</em>, est idem quod, <em>vo va</em>,
+conuertendo secundam literam, <em>u</em>, in, <em>b</em>, ea uero
+utuntur sicut, <em>va</em>, u.g. <em>fune võba nòri sutète</em>;
+<em>cane bacàri tòri maràxità</em>, relinquens nauigium: argentum seu
+pecunias tantùm accepi; <em>ie</em>, utuntur ad significandum locum ad
+quem: u.g.<em> Roma ie mairǒ</em>, ibo Romam, <em>ga</em>, postponitur
+nominibus significantibus res inanimatas, seu humiles: u.g., <em>àre iẽ
+gozàre, mònõ ga móxitaĩ</em>, accedas illuc, habeo enim tibi aliquid
+dicere, fit etiam accusatiuum absque aliqua particula ut in exemplo
+antepenultimo in quo secundum accusatiuum est sine particula.</p>
+
+<p>
+Vocatiuum constituit particula, <em>icàni</em>, sed non postposita
+nominibus sicut &amp; reliquæ, sed anteposita: u.g. <em>icàni qimi còre
+vò gorònjerarei</em>, uideas hoc domine. Regularius uerò fit uocatiuum
+absque aliqua particula: u.g. <em>Padre sàma qicàxerarèio</em>,
+<span class = "pagenum">8</span>
+audias reuerende pater.</p>
+
+<p>
+Ablatiuo sunt tres particulæ, <em>iori</em>, <em>càra</em>, <em>ni</em>,
+tertia scilicet <em>ni</em>, facit locum in quo: v.g. <em>iglesia
+nĩgozaru</em>, est in ecclesia: aliquando vtuntur, <em>ni</em>,
+anteposito, <em>no</em>, v.g. <em>sònàtà nò nì Xiàru cà?</em> facis hoc
+tuum? vel accipis tibi? sed hic magis videtur datiuum, quam ablatiuum.
+Particulæ <em>càra</em>, &amp;, <em>iòri</em>, sunt communiores ad
+ablatiuum constituendum: v.g. <em>Madrid càra màitta</em>, ex Matrito
+veni, <em>Pedro iòri coròsarèta</em>, occisus fuit à Petro.</p>
+
+<p>
+Ad constituenda pluralia sunt etiam quatuor particulæ, quæ postpositæ
+immediatè nominibus, illa pluralia constituunt, postea verò, sequuntur
+particulæ positæ casus constituentes. Prædictæ autem quatuor particulæ
+sunt, <em>tàchi</em>, <em>xu</em>, <em>dòmo</em>, <em>ra</em>. Prima
+particula scilicet, <em>tachi</em>, facit pluralia nomina significantia
+res nobilis ordinis, &amp; quas volumus honore afficere; v.g. <em>Tòno
+tàchi</em>, domini. Particula, <em>xu</em>, constituit pluralia nomina
+significantia res nobiles quidem; sed non ita supremi ordinis: v.g.
+<em>samurài xu</em>, nobiles; qui non sunt domini. Particula,
+<em>dòmo</em>, postponitur nominibus significantibus res humiles, siue
+rationales siue viuentes sensibiles, siue inanimatas: v.g. <em>fiàcuxõ
+dòmo</em>, agricolæ, <em>ixĩ dòmo</em>, petræ, <em>mmã dòmo</em>, equi.
+Particula, <em>ra</em>, facit pluralia nomina significantia res
+vilissimas, vel quæ despectui habentur: v.g. <em>Iudeora</em>, Iudæi.
+Pluralibus sic iam per istas particulas constitutis, postponuntur
+particulæ casus constituentes secundum orationum exigentiam: v.g.
+<em>tòno tàchi no còtõ dòmo vo varú iúnà</em>, ne maledicas res
+dominorum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Aliqua etiam sunt vocabula, quæ de se pluralitatem important: v.g.
+<em>tòmõ gàra</em>, significat homines, <em>Nàn bàn mòno</em>, res
+Europeas, <em>Nàn bàn mòno vo fomùru nà</em>, ne laudes res <ins class =
+"mycorr" title = "text reads ‘Eropæ’">Europæ</ins>:</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula verò <em>icàni</em>, quæ, vt supra dictum est, facit uocatiuũ
+non postponitur pronominibus pluralibus iam factis; sed semper
+anteponitur, particulæ autem facientes plurale postponuntur: u.g.
+<em>icàni Padre tàchi vo qiqì nasarèio</em>, audite reuerendi
+patres.</p>
+
+<p>
+Duæ uerò particulæ ex quatuor suprapositis, quæ faciunt plurale,
+scilicet <em>domo</em>, &amp; <em>rà</em> aliquoties sunt singulariũ
+uerbi gratia. <em>vare rà</em>, uel, <em>midòmo</em>, ego: aliquando
+etiam utraque simul inuenitur in singulari: u.g. <em>midomo ra</em>,
+ego, <em>midomo rã ga</em>
+<span class = "pagenum">9</span>
+<span class = "folionum">B</span>
+meum vel mei: postponuntur etiam prædictæ particulæ, <em>domo</em>, vel,
+<em>ra</em>, singularibus, vel quando volumus humiliare res significatas
+aut de successu significati per orationem non sumus ita certi; sed quasi
+dubitamus: v.g. <em>sarã dòmõ ga itài</em>, dolet mihi venter, <em>àsũ
+dòmó và àru mài</em>, crastina die non erit, <em>àsu rà và narõ
+mòde</em>, crastina die forsitan ita erit.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>va</em>, postponitur nominibus tam singularibus; quàm
+pluralibus iam per particulas articulatis: v.g. <em>còcoie va
+mairànu</em>, huc non veniat, <em>còco càra va dènu</em>, hinc non
+exiuit, <em>còco ni và iru mài</em>, huc non intrabit: aliquando etiam
+particula, <em>va</em>, supplet particulas articulares: v.g. <em>funè-de
+sàie ióĩó tçùita ni, cachi va nàcanaca nàru mài</em>, si nauigio vix
+perueni; pedibus, vel pedes, absque dubio non peruenissem. Hic
+particula, <em>va</em>, supplet particulam, <em>càra</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+In ista lingua Iaponica non sunt etiam genera, masculinum videlicet,
+femininum, &amp; neutrum, sicut sunt in Latina; sunt tamen aliqua
+nomina, quæ ex se sunt, vel masculina, vel feminina, quia ex sua
+significatione dicunt vel masculum, vel feminam determinatè; sunt etiã
+aliqua nomina ex se cõmunia duobus. Particula, <em>vo</em>, ante posita
+nominibus significat masculum. Particula verò, <em>me</em>, ante posita
+significat feminam in rebus, quæ non habent genera propria: v.g. <em>vo
+ì vo</em>, significat piscem masculum, <em>mè i vo</em> significat
+piscem feminam: <em>vojica</em>, significat caprum siluestrem, <em>mè
+lìca</em>, significat capream, <em>còma</em>, significat equum;
+<em>zoiacu</em>, equam; <em>xô</em>, significat accipitrem masculum;
+<em>dài</em>, feminam, <em>cotòi</em>, significat taurum,
+<em>meùxi</em>, vaccam. <em>votòco</em>, significat virum,
+<em>vonãgo</em>, vel <em>nhóbó</em>, vel, <em>vònna</em>, significat
+mulierem. In dictionario omnia expressè ponentur, quæ ad memoriam
+venerint.</p>
+
+<p>
+In nominibus etiam adiectiuis, non sunt genera, aut declinationes; sed
+eædem particulæ illa constituunt, quae substantiua. Sunt autem adiectiua
+multa, &amp; diuersa. Aliqua enim finiuntur in, <em>ai</em>, alia in,
+<em>oi</em>, alia in, <em>ei</em>, alia in, <em>vi</em>, alia in,
+<em>ij</em>, alia verò, &amp; quæ propriùs sunt adiectiua, fiunt
+postposita particula, <em>no</em>, substantiuis. Quando quinque prima
+genera adiectiuorum ante ponuntur substantiuis, tunc videntur propriè
+adiectiua, &amp; nihil mutant ad orationem componendam; quando verò
+postponuntur substantiuis, potiùs sunt verba, &amp; verborum
+coniungationes sequuntur: v.g. <em>tacài iàma</em>, mons altus, <em>xĩ
+guei ĩdeiri</em>, frequens
+<span class = "pagenum">10</span>
+introitus &amp; exitus, <em>caxicòi fito</em>, homo prudens, <em>càvaij
+mòno</em>, res miserabilis, <em>Aiaùi còto</em>, res periculosa,
+<em>Vmàre tçùqi nocùchi</em>, lingua naturalis seu materna. Sunt etiam
+alia adiectiua finita in <em>na</em>, quæ etiam ante posita
+substantiuis, nihil mutant: v.g. <em>qĩrèi na còto</em>, res munda.
+Omnia verò adiectiua præter finita in, <em>no</em>, quando verbis
+præponuntur, mutant aliquid: finita in, <em>ai</em>, illud mutant in,
+<em>ó</em>, v.g. <em>còno iàma và tacõ <ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘goràru’">gozaru</ins></em>, hic mons altus
+est, &amp; excelsus: finita in, <em>ei</em>, illud mutant in,
+<em>eô</em>, v.g. <em>còno iama va xĩgueô gozàru</em>, hic mons est
+densus: finita in, <em>oi</em>, illud mutant in, <em>ô</em>, v.g.
+<em>caxicô gozàru</em>, est prudens: finita in, <em>vi</em>, illud
+mutant in, <em>ú</em>, v.g. <em>xei no ficú gozàru</em>, statura
+pusillus: finita in, <em>ii</em>, illud mutant in, <em>iú</em>, v.g.
+<em>caiũ gozaru</em>, est pruriens, uel prurit, inter ista uerò
+adiectiua finita in, <em>ij</em>, sunt multa quæ ex uerbis procedunt:
+u.g. <em>nozòmi</em>, <em>u</em>, significat desiderare: ex illo uerò
+exit, <em>nozòmaxij</em>, quod significat idem quod desiderabilis, e;
+alia etiam procedunt ex nominibus: u.g. <em>varàmbe</em>, significat
+puerum seu infantem: ex quo procedit <em>varàmberaxij</em>, quod <ins
+class = "mycorr" title = "text reads ‘siguificat’">significat</ins> id
+quod puerilis, e: alia reperiuntur in dictionario.</p>
+
+<p>
+Adiectiua uerò finita in, <em>na</em>, quando anteponuntur uerbis,
+mutant, <em>na</em>, in, <em>ni</em>, u.g. <em>fuxìn ni zònzuru</em>,
+dubium reputo uel pro dubio habeo. Adiectiua uero finita in,
+<em>no</em>, conuertunt aliquando, <em>no</em>, in, <em>na</em>, u.g.
+<em>bèchi no fito</em>, conuertitur in, <em>bechina fito</em>, differens
+homo: &amp; tunc si uerbum <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘subsequatnr’">subsequatur</ins>, mutat, <em>na</em>,
+in, <em>ni</em>, u.g. <em>bechinĩ gozàru</em>, est differens.
+Sensus uero est idem siue finiatur in, <em>no</em>, <ins class =
+"mycorr" title = "text reads ‘fiue’">siue</ins> in <em>na</em>,
+u.g. <em>bechi no fito no cùhi càra
+qijta</em>, est idem quod <em>bechina fito nocùchi càra qijta</em>, ex
+ore, uel ab ore distincti uel differentis hominis audiui. Et tantùm est
+differentia; quod finitum in, <em>no</em>, nihil mutat, quid quid illi
+subsequatur; finitum uerò in, <em>na</em>, mutat, <em>na</em>, in,
+<em>ni</em>, ut dictum est, si uerbum subsequitur. Si ad alia uero
+adiectiua sequatur uerbum substantiuum, oratio est elegans: u.g.
+<em>còno iàma và tacõ gozàru</em>, hic mons est altus; si uerò uerbum
+huiusmodi non sequatur, eundem facit sensum, quia adiectiuum includit in
+se uerbum substantiuum; sed illo non utemur coram superioribus, non enim
+illis audientibus, dicemus, <em>còno iàmà và tacài</em>, sed dicemus,
+<em>còno iamà và tacõ gozàru</em>. &amp; sic in alijs adiectiuis.</p>
+
+<p>
+Adiectiua uerò finita in, <em>i</em>, aliquando; &amp; si rarò, illud
+conuertunt in, <em>xi</em>, uel <em>qu</em>, u.g. <em>ioi</em>, quod
+significat, bonus, a, um:
+<span class = "pagenum">11</span>
+<span class = "folionum">B2</span>
+finitur in, <em>iòqu</em>, vel, <em>ioxi</em>, v.g. <em>iòqu</em>,
+<em>dancó xitè</em>, faciendo bonam consultationem. Aliqua, &amp; non
+pauca, sunt nomina substantiua, quibus, si postponatur, <em>na</em>,
+fiunt adiectiua: v.g. <em>afó</em>, significat inscitiam, ex quo
+deducitur, <em>afóna</em>, quod significat id quod fatuus, a, um.
+<em>Iiiú</em>, significat libertatem: &amp;, <em>Iiiuna</em>, significat
+id quod liber, a, um: quæ occurrerint alia in dictionario
+reperiuntur.</p>
+
+<p>
+Aliqua sunt nomina abstracta substantiua quæ anteposita vocabulis quæ ex
+se significant homines, fiunt adiectiua: v.g. <em>Iĩfi</em>, significat
+misericordiam: si uerò illi <em>Iin</em> postponatur, resultat, <em>Ii
+fi jin</em>, quod significat idem, quod misericors, dis, <em>fin</em>,
+significat paupertatem, &amp; postposito <em>nin</em>, fit, <em>fin
+nin</em>, quod significat pauperem: idem est si postponatur,
+<em>ja</em>, fit enim, <em>finja</em>, quod etiam pauperem significat,
+<em>bàn</em>, significat vigiliam; &amp; si postponatur, <em>xu</em>,
+fit, <em>banxu</em>, quod significat idem quod uigilans, tis: multa
+inuenientur in dictionario.</p>
+
+<p>
+Aliquando duo nomina substantiua, ex ijs, quæ remanserunt in lingua
+Iaponica ex Chinensi (&amp; hæc, <em>cobita</em>, vel, <em>coie</em>,
+vocant) simul posita, faciunt adiectiuum, quod ex duobus substantiuis
+conflatur, seu resultat: v.g. <em>ten</em>, significat cælum: &amp;,
+<em>xu</em>, significat dominum: <em>tèn xu</em> verò, significat
+dominum cælestem, seu cælorum dominum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præterita etiam verborum (de quibus suo loco) adiuncta substantiuis, vim
+&amp; sensum videntur habere adiectiuorum: v.g. <em>iõgorèta tè</em>,
+manus sordida, <em>iõgorèta</em>, est præteritum verbi <em>iõgore
+vru</em>, quod significat idem quod sordesco, is, <em>càita qió</em>,
+liber scriptus, <em>càita</em>, est præteritum verbi <em>càqi</em>,
+<em>u</em>, quod significat idem quod scribo, is. Abstracta, seu radices
+ex quibus verba componuntur, sunt nomina quasi verbalia significantia
+actionem in abstracto: v.g. <em>facàri</em>, significat mensuram: ex quo
+resultat verbum, <em>facàri</em>, <em>u</em>, pro eo quo est metior,
+ris, <em>fajime</em>, significat principium, <em>fajime</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, est verbum, &amp; significat id quod incipio, is: &amp;
+sic in alijs de quibus in dictionario. Anteposita particula,
+<em>mòno</em>, prædictis abstractis seu nominibus verbalibus fiunt
+nomina significantia eum qui actionem verbi facit: v.g. ex,
+<em>càqi</em>, præposito, <em>monoi</em>, fit <em>mòno càqi</em>, quod
+significat idem quod scribens, tis: postposita vero eadem particula,
+<em>mòno</em>, eisdem radicibus, fiunt nomina significantia effectum
+actionis: v.g. <em>càqimono</em>, significat scripturam.</p>
+<span class = "pagenum">12</span>
+
+<p>
+Postposita verò particula, <em>gòto</em>, eisdem radicibus verbalibus
+fiunt nomina significantia res dignas actionibus quæ per verba, quorum
+sunt radices, significantur: v.g. <em>mi</em>, est radix, ex qua prodit
+verbum, <em>mi</em>, <em>iru</em>, pro eo quod video, es &amp;,
+<em>mĩgoto</em>, est res visibilis, seu digna visu, <em>qìqi</em>, est
+radix verbi, <em>qiqĩ</em>, <em>u</em>, pro eo quod video, es: &amp;
+<em>qĩqì gòto</em>, significat rem audibilem, seu dignam auditu.</p>
+
+<p>
+Postpositis aliquibus nominibus substantiuis nominibus verbalibus
+prædictis fit nomen iam inconcreto significans talem actionem: v.g.
+<em>foxi</em>, est radix verbi, <em>fòxi</em>, <em>u</em>, pro eo quod
+sole vel ad solem siccare: postposito verò, <em>ivo</em>, v.g. quod
+significat piscem: fiet, <em>foxiì vo</em>, quo significabit, pisces ad
+solem vel vi solis siccos &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Postposita verò particula, <em>dõgu</em>, quæ instrumentũ significat
+radicibus verborum, fiunt nomina significantia materiam seu instrumentum
+actionis per verbum significatæ: v.g. <em>varài dõgu</em>, materia seu
+instrumentum visus, <em>càqi dõgu</em>, instrumentum scribendi vel ad
+scribendum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Postposita autem particula, <em>me</em>, radicibus verbalibus fiunt
+nomina significantia terminum actionis: v.g. <em>a vàxe</em>, est radix
+verbi, <em>a vàxe</em>, <em>uru</em>, pro eo quod est aliqua iungere aut
+copulare, <em>a vàxe me</em> vero significat iuncturam: &amp; sic in
+alijs.</p>
+
+<p>
+Ex adiectiuis suprapositis finitis in <em>i</em>, fiunt nomina abstracta
+mutato, <em>i</em>, in, <em>sa</em>, v.g. <em>nãgài</em>, significat id
+quod longus, a, um: &amp; <em>nãgàsa</em>, significabit longitudinẽ.
+Adiectiua finita in, <em>na</em>, mutant etiam, <em>na</em>, in,
+<em>sa</em>, ad abstracta nomina facienda: v.g. ex <em>àqiracàna</em>,
+quod significat id quod clarus, a, um: fiet, <em>àqiracàsa</em>, quod
+significabit claritatem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Aliquando ex duobus substantiuis simul sumptis, &amp; præcipuè si
+aliquod illorum aliquam literam in principio feu in fine in aliã mutet,
+resultat tertium nomen quasi connotatiuum, &amp; quasi adiectiuum seu
+genitiuũ includens: v.g. ex, <em>qi</em>, quod significat, lignum,
+&amp;, <em>fotoqe</em>, quod significat idolum: fit, <em>qĩ botòqe</em>
+mutato, <em>f</em>, in, <em>p</em>, quod significat idolum ligneum. Si
+verò nomina quæ præponuntur, finiuntur in, <em>e</em>, ipsum mutant in
+<em>a</em>, ad prædictam compositionem nominis connotatiui: v.g.
+<em>tçumà sàqi</em>, extremitates unguium, <em>càna cũgui</em>, clauus
+ferreus. Si uerò nomina, quæ postponuntur ad eamdem formationem, primam
+literam debeant mutare, si sit, <em>f</em>, mutabunt in, <em>b</em>,
+uel, <em>p</em>, si, <em>s</em>,
+<span class = "pagenum">13</span>
+<span class = "folionum">B3</span>
+mutabunt in, <em>z</em>, si <em>c</em>, mutabunt in, <em>g</em>, si,
+<em>tç</em>, mutabunt in, <em>zz</em>, si, <em>x</em>, mutabunt in,
+<em>j</em>, u.g. <em>càri bunè</em>, <em>bùppô</em>, <em>nĩgori zàqe
+sorá goto</em>, <em>qizzumári</em>, <em>sòra jèi mòn</em>. Vide in
+dictionario.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter ital"><a name = "pronomine">
+<ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"format as in original">De pronomine.</ins></a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Non sunt in lingua Iaponica pronomina deriuatiua u.g. meus, a, um.
+&amp;c. sed utuntur primitiuis, scilicet mei, tui, &amp;c. Hæc autem
+primitiua non habent declinationes per casus; sed hæ differentiæ casuum
+fiunt per particulas supra positas quæ omnibus sunt communes, tam
+nominibus; quàm pronominibus.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particulæ aliquæ (de quibus infra) quæ adiunctæ uocabulis honorem
+indicant, faciunt pronomen, uel illius uim habent secundum occasionem
+&amp; circumstantias in quibus illis utuntur: si enim ego dicam, <em>von
+fùmi</em>; loquendo cum alio: ipso facto intelligitur me de eius
+epistola: &amp; non de mea loqui: si enim de mea loquerer; non dicerem,
+<em>von fùmi</em>, sed, <em>fumi</em> tantum: unde, <em>von fumi</em>,
+ratione particulæ, <em>von</em>, quæ est honoris, significat uestram
+epistolam. Et idem est de particula, <em>mi</em>, &amp; alijs quæ
+honorem indicant in significatis nominum quibus adijciuntur.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter ital"><a name = "pronom1">
+<ins class = "mycorr" title = "so in original">De pronomine secundæ
+personæ scilicet ego &amp;c.</ins></a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Octo sunt particulæ significantes idem quod Ego, mei, mihi, &amp;c.
+<em>vátacuxi</em>, <em>sòrẽgaxi</em>, <em>váre</em>, <em>mi</em>,
+<em>várerá</em>, <em>mìdòmo</em>, <em>midòmo rá</em>, <em>váre</em>.
+Quatuor primæ denotant aliquam superioritatem in eo qui illis utitur,
+reliquæ uero sunt humiliores. Mulieres utuntur tribus alijs particulis
+aliquando quaæ sunt, <em>mĩzzu cára</em>, <em>vãrauá vãgami</em>, &amp;
+his non utuntur uiri: rustici solent uti duabus uidelicet, <em>vára
+vòrará</em>, religiosus uero quando de se loquitur solet dicere,
+<em>gusô</em>, ac si diceret: ego uilis religiosus; senex uerò de se
+loquẽs: dicit, <em>gurǒ</em>, ego uilis &amp; despectibilis senex. Rex
+uerò, dicet, <em>chin</em>, uel, <em>máru</em>, quod significat:
+ego&nbsp;Rex.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class = "pagenum">14</span>
+Ad facienda autem pluralia ista pronomina, postponuntur illis particulæ
+supra positæ constituentes pluralia, scilicet, <em>dòmo</em>,
+<em>ra</em>, v.g. <em>midòmõ ga máitta tòqi</em>, quando nos iuimus: ad
+casuum verò differentiã postponuntur illis iam formatis pluralibus,
+particulæ constituentes casus vt supra.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "pronom2">
+De pronomine secundæ personę: scilicet Tu, tui, tibi, &amp;c.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Multæ sunt particulæ, quæ constituunt pronomen secundæ personæ secundum
+differentiam personarum, quæ vel nullum vel aliqualem, aut mediocrem,
+magnum, aut maximum merentur honorem &amp; reuerentiam: ad loquendum
+enim cum inferiori, sunt tres particulæ quæ faciunt pronomen tu:
+scilicet, <em>váre</em>, <em>vonòre</em>, <em>sòchi</em>, si àutem illis
+superaddatur, <em>me</em>, vel, <em>mẽgá</em>, &amp; dicatur,
+<em>váremè</em>, vel, <em>váremẽgá</em>, personam cum qua, loquimur
+ampliùs deijcimus. Si autem loquamur cum æqualibus vel aliquantulum
+inferioribus, vtemur vna ex tribus particulis videlicet,
+<em>sònata</em>, <em>sòno fò</em>, <em>váre sama</em>. Si verò sit
+persona superior vel omnino æqualis cum qua vrbanè debemus loqui vtemur
+vna ex septem particulis scilicet, <em>cònatá</em>, <em>qixò</em>,
+<em>qifó</em>, <em>gòfen</em>, <em>qĩden</em>, <em>cònatá sama</em>,
+<em>sònata sáma</em>. Si autem loquamur cum personis in dignitatibus
+constitutis, nomen dignitatis, si illi super addatur particula,
+<em>sama</em>, supplet vicem pronominis: v.g. <em>Padre samã
+gozare</em>, veniat vestra paternitas. Aliquando etiam particulæ quæ
+nomina honorant, supplent vicem pronominis: v.g. <em>vòn qirumòno</em>,
+vestræ dominationis vestis.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Cònata</em>, <em>cõchi</em>, <em>cõnofo</em>, significant idem quod
+ego, mei, &amp;c. sed in modo loquendi quasi distributiuo: ex parte mea,
+vel <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘quan-/tum’ at line break">quantum</ins> ad me attinet,
+quibus correspondent, <em>sõchi</em>, <em>sonofó</em>, <em>sõnatá</em>
+quæ significant, tu &amp;c. &amp; ex parte tua, seu, quod ad te
+pertinet.</p>
+
+<p>
+Pluralia istorum pronominum fiunt per particulas supra positas secundum
+honoris differentiam, <em>võnórẽ domo</em>, <em>váre ra</em>, <em>sóchi
+ra</em>, significant vos loquendo cum vilibus, <em>vare tachi</em>,
+<em>sonatà domo</em>, significat vos cum æqualibus, <em>qìfótachi</em>,
+<em>vócatãgata</em>, <em>vóno vóno</em>, significat vos cum honore:
+declinationes verò horum
+<span class = "pagenum">15</span>
+fiunt etiam per particulas communes declinationum.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "pronom3">
+De pronomine tertiæ personæ, scilicet ille, illa, illud.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Duæ particulæ scilicet, <em>cáre cáre</em>, <em>are are</em>,
+significant ille, illa, illud, loquendo de rebus inferioribus: quatuor
+uerò uidelicet, <em>áitçu</em>, <em>áitçumè</em>, <em>áremè</em>,
+<em>cáitçume</em>, significant ille, illa, illud, humiliando &amp;
+despiciendo res de quibus loquimur, &amp; quæ præcipuæ finiuntur in,
+<em>me</em>, sunt deiectiuæ, maxime si illis superaddatur, <em>ga</em>,
+u.g. <em>áitçũga</em>, <em>áitçumẽgá</em>, ille uilis: <em>cóno</em>,
+significat hic, hæc, hoc, <em>sóno</em> significat, iste, ista, istud,
+<em>áno</em>, significat ille, illa, illud; sed necessario requirunt
+post se substantiuum ut illis utamur: u.g. <em>cóno fito</em>, iste
+homo: idem significat, <em>cóno mono</em>, sed non est uerbum
+honorificum, <em>sóno cóto</em>, ista res, <em>ano fito</em>, ille homo,
+<em>cónátá</em>, uel <em>cónofó</em>, significant hic, <em>sónata</em>,
+vel, <em>sono fó</em>, isthic, <em>ánatá</em>, uel, <em>ánofó</em>,
+illic. <em>córe</em>, significat hoc, <em>sóre</em>, significat istud,
+<em>áre</em> significat illud, sed neutraliter, ita quod substantiuis,
+seu suppositis non iunguntur: horum pluralia sunt, <em>córerá</em>,
+<em>sorerá</em>, <em>arerá</em>, cæterorum uerò pluralia sunt per
+regulas communes <em>cáno</em>, significat rem de qua facta fuit mentio:
+u.g. <em>cano fito</em>, ille homo &amp;c. Pronomen quidam, facit
+particula, <em>àru</em>, u.g. <em>aru fito</em>, quidam homo, <em>áru
+tocóro ni</em>, in quodam loco.</p>
+
+<p>
+Pronomen unusquisque faciunt particulæ, <em>mèn mèn</em>, <em>sóre
+sóre</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Pronomen uniuersi &amp; singuli &amp;c. facit particula, <em>tare mo
+mina</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Pronomen quicumque &amp;c faciunt particulæ, <em>Tare nite mõ</em>,
+<em>tare nitemoare</em>, <em>tare nari tómó</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Ante posita particula, <em>tare mo</em>, negatiuis facit pronomen nemo
+uel nullus: u.g. <em>tare mó mairananda</em>, nemo iuit. Particula
+<em>nani taru cóto nari tómo</em>, significat: quidquid sit, vel
+quæcumque res sit. Particula, <em>mèi mèi</em>, significat: singuli, uel
+unusquisque in particulari.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>góto</em>, facit pronomen seu signum distributiuum omnis,
+e. Si postponatur substantiuis ex proprijs uocabulis linguæ
+<span class = "pagenum">16</span>
+Iaponicæ quæ uocantur, <em>iomis</em>: idem etiam facit particula,
+<em>mai</em>, anteposita substantiuis linguaæ Chinæ, quæ uocantur,
+<em>coies</em>, u.g. <em>fi</em>, significat diem: &amp;,
+<em>fĩgótoni</em>, significat quotidie, seu omnibus diebus,
+<em>nen</em>, in lingua Iaponica mendicata à Chinensi, significat annum:
+&amp;, <em><ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘main nen’">mainen</ins></em>,
+significabit singulis annis uel omnibus annis; idem ferè facit
+reduplicatio aliquorum nominum, uel saltim facit illa pluralia:
+u.g. <em>fito</em>, significat hominem: &amp;,
+<em>fitõbito</em>, significabit omnes homines, uel multos homines,
+<em>fi</em>, significat diem: &amp; <em>fĩbi ni</em>, significabit,
+omnibus, uel multis diebus.</p>
+
+<p>
+Pronomen diuisiuum, aliqui &amp;c. facit particula, <em>niiótte</em>,
+u.g. <em>tóqi niiotte</em>, aliquibus temporibus, <em>fito niiotte</em>,
+aliqui homines.</p>
+
+<p>
+Pronomen, idem &amp;c. facit particula, <em>vonaji</em>, u.g. <em>vonaji
+tocóro cara</em>, <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘Ex’">ex</ins> eodem loco. Particula uerò, <em>dôjen</em>,
+significat idem, sed neutraliter: v.g., <em>dôjen degozàru</em>,
+idem est: &amp;
+hoc uerbo respondent quando gratulantur; absque eo quod rem accipiant:
+ac si dicant, gratulor ac si accepissem: uel idem est, ac si
+accepissem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Pronomen ipse &amp;c. faciunt particulæ, <em>nùxi</em>, <em>sóno
+mi</em>, <em>vãga</em>, particulæ uero, <em>vareto mi</em>, faciunt
+pronomen ipsemet &amp;c. u.g. <em>vareto mi ni ata vo nasu</em>, ipsemet
+sibimet damnum infert, <em>mi vo vasurète; ta vo tasùqùru</em>, sui met
+oblitus, alios saluos facit. Particula, <em>vatacùxi</em>, significat
+rem propriam in particulari: u.g. <em>vatacuxi no còto</em>, res
+propria, <em>vatacùxi ni iuarẽta</em>, pro se loquutus&nbsp;est.</p>
+
+<p>
+Pronomen aliquis &amp;c. <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘faciun tparticulæ’">faciunt particulæ</ins>,
+<em>Tare zo</em>, <em>taso</em>, u.g. <em>tare zo maittaraba</em>,
+si aliquis iuisset, <em>taso sacanãga aruca tói ni iqe</em>,
+eat aliquis interrogatum si sit aliquid cibi.</p>
+
+<p>
+Aliquid neutraliter faciunt particulæ, <em>nan zo</em>, <em>nanica</em>,
+u.g. <em>nanzõga arãba cùuózu</em>, comedam aliquid si sit, <em>ima faia
+tẽ ga jiiú nĩ gozaru fõdoni nanica caqi maraxô</em>, scribam aliquid, si
+quidem habeo manus iam solutas seu liberas.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quis? fit tribus particulis scilicet, <em>Tare</em>, <em>Tãga</em>
+<em>Taso</em>, particulæ <em>tãga</em>, uel, <em>tare nõ</em>, utuntur
+etiam pro genitiuo cuius: u.g. <em>Tãga móno ca?</em> cuius est res? Et
+quando aliquis ad ostium uocat, &amp; pulsat dicit: <em>móno mó</em>,
+qui intus respondent, <em>taso</em>, uel, <em>tagá</em>, uel,
+<em>tare</em>, quis es? Particula <em>nani</em>, significat quid &amp;c.
+u.g. <em>nani</em>
+<span class = "pagenum">17</span>
+<span class = "folionum">C</span>
+<em>vo sùru cá</em>, uel, <em>nanĩgoto vosùru ca?</em> quid facis?
+<em>nani ni sòre vo tòtte ĩquca?</em> ad quid hoc portas tecum?</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "pronom_rel">
+De pronominibus relatiuis.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Pronomen relatiuum fit postponẽdo verbo nomen de quo fit relatio: v.g.
+<em>tèn ni màximàsu vàrerága vòn vòia</em>, Pater noster qui est in
+cælis, <em>dèta tocòro va</em>, locus ex quo exiuit, <em>tèni sùmi no
+tçuíta fito</em>, homo cuius manui adhæsit atramentum. Si oratio petit
+nominatiuum ante verbum, tale nominatiuum debet esse cum aliqua ex
+particulis nominatiui, <em>ga</em>, <em>no</em>, uel, <em>iòri</em>,
+v.g. <em>vatacùxĩga càita fùmi</em>, epistola, quam ego scripsi,
+<em>cònàtà no vôxerarèta coto</em>, res quam uestra dominatio dixit.
+Tertia verò particula scilicet, <em>iori</em>, vtimur quando est actio
+in oratione, v.g. <em>Deus iòri atàie cudasarèta gracia</em>, gratia,
+quam Deus contulit seu donauit, <em>àno tocòro ni amàta no qió àtta vò
+torarèta</em>, tulit multos libros, qui erant in illo loco. Si
+concurrant verò duæ orationes relatiuum continentes, prima erit secundum
+positam regulam; secunda verò per participium præsens, præteritum, seu
+futurum, secũdum quod sensus orationis postulauerit: v.g. <em>qèsa
+Oracio vo móxita qióga tçucuie no vie ni àru vo mòtte coi</em>, affer
+librum illum qui est supra sedile, in quo isto mane recitaui vel dixi
+officium diuinum. In ista oratione <em>qióga</em>, quod est vnum
+relatiuum, est post verbum, <em>móxita</em>, &amp; <em>vo</em>, quod
+agit vices secundi relatiui, est post verbum, <em>àru</em>. Quando verò
+volumus ampliùs specificare rem quæ refertur, ponimus inter rem ipsam
+&amp; verbum, particulam <em>tocòro no</em>, v.g. <em>vàreto dôxin xìta
+tocòro no mònõ dòmo va mina buguèn ni nàtta</em>, omnes quotquot mecum
+consenserunt, diuites facti sunt. Aliquando oratio relatiui propter suam
+difficultatem explicatur per exponentes: v.g. loco huius, <em>ima
+còrosarèta Pedro nò cò và sonàta nó chijn gia</em>, quæ significat,
+filius Petri, qui modo fuit occisus, est tuus amicus: dicimus, <em>ìma
+Pedro corosarèta sonó co va sonatà no chijn de gozàru</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Aliquando solent simul poni duæ particulæ ex casus consituẽtibus, &amp;
+faciunt quasi relatiuum cui anteponuntur: v.g. <em>sòno</em>
+<span class = "pagenum">18</span>
+<em>tocòró deno dancó</em>, istius locis consultatio. <em>Marsella ieno
+fùne</em>, nauigium quod tendit Marsiliam: <em>màire to no móxi gòtó
+dearu</em> est dicere, quòd&nbsp;eam.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Màiru mai to no dancó ni qivamatta</em>, habita est resolutio quod
+non pergat, <em>màitte nòchi no dancó</em>, consultatio postea quam
+perrexit facta, <em>varambe càra no catãgui</em>, est consuetudo ab
+infantia, <em>xô tameno chôgui gia</em>, est ars ad illud faciendum:
+<em>àno fito no vo toró</em>, accipiam id, quod est illius hominis: nota
+hæc de relatiuo valde.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "form_verb">
+De formatione verborum, &amp; coniugationibus.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Verba in lingua Iaponica neque habent numeros, neque personas; faciunt
+tamen has differentias particulæ suprapositæ ad pluralia &amp;
+declinationes. Coniugationes sunt tres affirmatiuæ, &amp; totidem
+negatiuæ.</p>
+
+<p>
+Radices verborum, de se non dicunt tempus: vnde vt illud dicant debent
+formari verba &amp; coniugari.</p>
+
+<p>
+Omnes radices verborum secundæ coniugationis finiuntur in <em>e</em>,
+<em>gi</em>, vel, <em>ji</em>, præter <em>xi</em>, &amp;,
+<em>maraxì</em>, quæ etsi finiãtur in, <em>i</em>, sunt tamen primæ
+coniugationis. Si verò radices finiuntur in, <em>de</em>, vel,
+<em>gi</em>, fit verbum præsentis temporis conuertendo prædictas in,
+<em>zzuru</em>, v.g. <em>fãgi</em>, facit præsens, <em>fãzzuru</em>,
+&amp; significat erubesco: <em>de zzuru</em>, quod significat exeo, is:
+si radices finiuntur in, <em>je</em>, vel, <em>ji</em>, mutantur ad
+præsens in, <em>zuru</em>, v.g. <em>màje</em>: <em>mãzuru</em>, idem
+quod misceo, es, <em>anji anzuru</em>, quod est considero, as, si
+finiuntur in, <em>xe</em>, illud mutant in, <em>suru</em>, v.g. <em>a
+vaxe: auasùru</em>, idem quod coniungo, is: <em>xi</em>, verò, &amp;
+<em>maraxi</em>, quæ (vt dictum est) sunt secundæ coniugationis, etiam
+mutant, <em>xi</em>, in <em>suru</em>, v.g. <em>xi sùru</em>, idem quod
+facio, is, <em>maraxi marasuru</em>, etiam est, facio facis. Si radices
+finiuntur in, <em>te</em>, convertunt illud in <em>tçuru</em>, v.g.
+<em>sodàte; sodàtçùru</em>, idem quod alo, is, vel sustento, as: reliqua
+quæ tantum finiuntur in, <em>e</em>, alio modo; illud ad præsens
+conuertunt in, <em>uru</em>, v.g. <em>ãgue</em>: <em>ãgùru</em>, offero,
+rs, <em>nĩgue, nĩgùru</em>, fugio,&nbsp;is.</p>
+
+<p>
+Aliqua sunt præterita verborum, quæ faciunt sensum præsentis,
+<span class = "pagenum">19</span>
+<span class = "folionum">C2</span>
+&amp; sunt illa quorum fieri consistit in facto esse: v.g.
+<em>cocòroièta</em> intelligo, is, <em>qìcoieta</em>, audio, is,
+<em>voboièta</em>, recordor, aris, <em>qi qi ièta</em>, intelligo, is,
+<em>zonjita</em>, scio, is, &amp; alia præter ista forsan erunt: verba
+quæ sequũtur sunt primæ cõiugationis etiam si eorum radices non
+finiantur modo antea dicto. Si præsens alicuius ex illis non fuerit
+mutato, <em>i</em>, in <em>uru</em>, explicabitur in particulari,
+<em>àbi</em>, <em>uru</em>, aquæ balneo se, abluo, is, <em>fotòbi</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, mollificor, aris: <em>focoròbi</em>, <em>uru</em>,
+dissuor, eris: <em>càbi</em>, fucore afficior, eris, <em>sàbi</em>,
+rubiginor, aris, <em>deqi</em>, finior, ris, vel perficior, ris:
+<em>cùchi</em>, <em><ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘cutcuru’">cutçuru</ins></em>, putresco, is: <em>mìchi</em>,
+<em>mitçuru</em>, mare adimpleor, ris, <em>ini</em>, <em>uru</em>, abeo,
+is: <em>nòbi</em>, <em>nobiru</em>, vel <em>noburu</em>, dilator, aris,
+<em>tçuqi</em>, <em>uru</em>, consumor, eris, <em>vòri</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, ab alto descendo, is: <em>xij</em>, <em>xijru</em>, ad
+prandium vel cibum compellendo, inuito, as, <em>nì niru</em>, assimilor,
+aris: <em>mochij: mochi iùru</em>, æstimo, as:<em>ni</em>,
+<em>niru</em>, ad ignem coquo, is: <em>mi</em>,<em>miru</em>, aspicio,
+is: <em>còri</em>, <em>uru</em>, corrigor, eris, <em>vochi vòtçuru</em>,
+cado, is: <em>i</em>, <em>iru</em> sum, es, fui: vel adsum, es,
+<em>fũgui</em>, <em>uru</em>, transeo, is, sicut tempus transit:
+<em>vàbi</em>, <em>uru</em>, misericordiam peto, is,
+<em>carabi</em>,<em>uru</em>, siccor, aris, <em>iqi iqùru</em>, viuo,
+is, <em>fi firu</em>, aresco, is, <em>qi qùra</em>, venio, is, <em>qi
+qùru</em>, vestio, is, <em>vòqi uru</em>, è lecto surgo: quatuor verò
+verba quæ sequũtur habent præter præsentia ordinaria, alia etiam
+extraordinaria, <em>atàie</em>, habet <em>atóru</em>, pro dono, as:
+<em>vàqimaie</em>, <em>vaqimòru</em>, discerno, is, <em>tonàie
+tonóru</em>, benedico, is, <em>sonaie sonóru</em> in <ins class =
+"edcorr" title = "corrected by author from ‘loca’">loco</ins> sublimi
+colloco,&nbsp;as.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "preterit">
+De Pręterito imperfecto, perfecto, &amp; plusquam perfecto.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Non est in lingua ista Iaponica præteritum imperfectum: Vnde loco illius
+vtuntur perfecto, quod fit duobus modis: primũ est addendo, <em>ta</em>,
+radicibus verborum: v.g. <em>ãguèta</em>, est praeteritum verbi,
+<em>ãgue</em>, <em>uru</em>, quod est offero, rs; secundo modo fit
+præteritum perfectum postponendo, <em>te</em>, radicibus, &amp; addendo
+postea verbum, <em>gozari</em>, <em>u</em>, vel <em>ari</em>,
+<em>u</em>, in præsenti vel in præterito de quo in secunda coniugatione,
+v.g. <em>ãguete gozàru</em>, vel <em>aguètẽ gozàtta</em>, vel <em>ãguete
+aru</em>, vel <em>ãguete atta</em>, obtuli, uel obtuleram, as, &amp;c.
+si autem ad prædicta anteponatur particula
+<span class = "pagenum">20</span>
+<em>fãia</em>, explicatur magis: u.g. <em>faia ãguètè gozàtta</em>, iam
+obtulerã, quando postponitur uerbum, <em>ari</em>, <em>u</em>, ad
+præteritum, non est modus loquendi ita nobilis sicut quando postponitur,
+<em>gozari</em>, <em>u</em>, unde ad hoc debemus aduertere quando
+loquimur, ut notemus de quo loquimur, &amp; coram quibus, ut cui
+honorem, honorem debitum in modo loquendi tribuamus.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "futuro_1">
+De futuro primæ coniugationis.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Si radix uerborum finitur in, <em>te</em>, fit futurum conuertendo istam
+syllabam in <em>teô</em>, uel <em>chô</em>: u.g. <em>tàte</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, eius futurum est <em>tàteô</em>, uel <em>tàchô</em>,
+erigam. Si radix finitur in, <em>ji</em>, fit futurum mutato in
+<em>jô</em>: u.g. <em>xenji</em>, <em>xenjô</em>, medicinas condiam uel
+coquam. Si radix finiatur in <em>xe</em>, mutatur in <em>xô</em>, u.g.
+<em>xi</em>, <em>xô</em>: <em>maraxi</em>, <em>maraxô</em>, faciam. Si
+finiatur in, <em>ie</em>, mutatur in, <em>io</em> ut, <em>voxiie</em>,
+<em>vòxiio</em>, docebo. Reliquis uerò radicibus quæ finiuntur in
+<em>e</em>, postponuntur ad futurum faciendum, <em>ô ôzu</em>, uel
+<em>ôzuru</em> u.g. <em>ãgueô</em>, uel, <em>ãgueôzu</em>, uel
+<em>ãgueôzurù</em>, offeram. Hæ etiam particulæ postponuntur ad facienda
+futura uerborum de quibus supra diximus esse secundæ coniugationis,
+etiam si eorum radices finiantur in, <em>i</em>, u.g. <em>dequiôzu</em>,
+finietur.</p>
+
+<p>
+Fit etiam futurum, tollendo à præsenti negatiuo (de quo infra) syllaba
+<em>nu</em>, in qua finitur, &amp; loco eius ponendo particulam
+<em>bàià</em>, u.g. tollendo, <em>nu</em>, ab <em>ãguènu</em>, &amp;
+loco eius addendo, <em>baià</em>, fit, <em>ãguèbaià</em>, offeram,
+<em>mĩnu</em>, si auferas, <em>nu</em>, &amp; loco eius ponas,
+<em>baia</em>, fiet, <em>mĩbaia</em>, uidebo uel aspiciam.</p>
+
+<p>
+Futurum perfectum fit postpositis particulis, <em>tearózu</em>, uel
+<em>tarózu</em>, eisdem: u.g. <em>ãguète arózu</em>, uel,
+<em>ãguetárózu</em>, iam obtulero. Etiam fit anteposito <em>fàia</em>,
+futuro ordinario: u.g. <em>fàia ãgueôzu</em>.</p>
+
+
+<span class = "pagenum">21</span>
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "imperat_1">
+Imperatiuum primæ coniugationis.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Imperatiuum primæ coniugationis est ipsa sola radix verbi, vel
+postposita particula <em>io</em>, v.g. <em>ãgue</em>, vel
+<em>ãgueio</em>, offer: futurum autem imperatiui est futurum absolutum,
+<em>ãgueô</em>, vel <em>ãgueôzu</em>, &amp; est honoratior modus
+loquendi &amp; vrbanior ad imperandum in omni coniugatione, quàm per
+imperatiuum absolutum. Fit etiam imperatiuum, si auferas, <em>nu</em>, à
+præsenti negatiuo (de quo postea) &amp; loco eius ponas <em>sai</em>,
+v.g. si ab <em>ãgue nu</em>, tollas <em>nu</em>, &amp; addas,
+<em>sai</em>, fit <em>ãgue sai</em>, quod est, offer: non tamen dicit
+tantum imperium sicut absolutum. Postposita etiam particula,
+<em>tai</em>, radicibus, fit quodã genus futuri seu optatiui quo
+desiderium loquentis explicatur, &amp; est imperatiuum; vrbanum tamen,
+<em>mizzu fitòtçu nomi tai</em>, vellem parum aquæ bibere: est idem quod
+da mihi bibere. Quando verò fit relatio alicuius præcepti, legis,
+consilij, ordinis, aut prohibitionis, in omni verbo cuiuscumque
+coniugationis siue affirmatiuæ, siue negatiuæ: tale præceptum ponitur ad
+literam: v.g. <em>chrĩstiani naru nà to no xõgun no fattõga àru</em>,
+est lex Imperatoris, quòd non fiat quis Christianus, <em>Padre core vo
+còxiraièio to voxerarèta niiòtte</em>, quia pater præcipit mihi vt hoc
+componerem.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "opt_1">
+Optatiuum primæ coniugationis.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Præsens &amp; futurum optatiui est præsens imperatiui, antepositis
+particulis, <em>nẽgauacu uà</em>, vel, <em>auare</em> &amp; postposita,
+<em>gàna</em>, vel <em>caxĩ</em>, fit etiam postposita particula,
+<em>gàna</em>, absque aliqua anteposita: v.g. <em>nẽgavàcu va ãgueio
+càxi?</em> vel <em>auàre agueigàna</em>, si offeres? <em>auàre icanaru
+tèngu, bangue mòno nari tomò, vare vo tòtte, fiie no iama ni noboxèio
+caxi!</em> o si esset aliquis vel diabolus vel aruspex qui me ascendere
+faceret ad montem qui vocatur, <em>fiie!</em> postposita particula
+<em>gana</em>, nominibus, significatur desiderium rei significatæ per
+nomen: v.g. <em>saqẽ gana</em>,
+<span class = "pagenum">22</span>
+ò vinum! ac <ins class = "mycorr" title = "text reads ‘fi’">si</ins>
+diceret: quis illud haberet ad bibendum! <em>nanĩ gana!</em> si aliquid
+haberem!</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum optatiui est secunda vox futuri postposita particula <em>mono
+vo!</em> v.g. <em>nĩgueo zu mono vo!</em> o si fugissem! idem fit hoc
+modo <em>nĩguẽta raba iocaró mòno vo</em>, aliquando solum dicunt,
+<em>nĩguè taróni va!</em> etiam dicunt, <em>nĩguete aró ni ua iocarómòno
+vo!</em></p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "subj_1">
+Subiunctiuum primæ coniugationis affirmatiuæ.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Præsens subiunctiui fit ex præsenti indicatiui mutato, <em>u</em>, in
+quo finitur in <em>ẽba</em>, v.g. ex, <em>ãguru</em>, fit
+<em>ãgurẽba</em> cum offerem: fit etiam ex præsenti addita particula,
+<em>tocoro</em>, super addita <em>ni</em>, <em>de</em>, <em>uo</em>,
+vel, <em>ua</em>, secundum exigentiam declinationis verbi quod sequitur;
+primum enim subit munus nominis: v.g. <em>arutoqi Pedro chinsui xitè
+iraruru tocoro ie fitõ gaqìte</em>, cum venisset quidã homo ad locum vbi
+erat Petrus quando erat ebrius <em>nhõbõ ni tachi vacarète iru tocòro
+ni</em>, cum essent divisi, &amp; diuortium fecissent coniugati, <em>có
+aru tòcorõ de</em>, cum hæc ita sint, <em>iòto ie zzuru tocòrouà fito ni
+corosarèta</em>, occisus est a quodam homine cum exiret foras, <em>go
+misa vo asobasarùru tocò ro vo uchi coroita</em>, occidit illũ cum
+actualiter missam celebraret, &amp; est regula generalis in omni
+coniugatione.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum perfectum &amp; plusquam perfectum subiunctiui fit ex
+præterito perfecto indicatiui postposita particula, <em>rẽba</em>, v.g.
+<em>ãguèta rẽba</em>, cum obtulisset: fit etiam ablato verbo
+<em>gozaru</em>, à præterito plusquam perfecto; &amp; posito loco eius,
+<em>attarẽba</em>, vel <em>atta</em>, quando vero ponitur,
+<em>atta</em>, debet superaddi vel, <em>ni</em>, aut, <em>uo</em>,
+<em>ua</em>, vel, <em>ie</em>, secundum quòd petit subsequens verbum; ad
+modum supra positum de præsenti subiunctiui cum particula,
+<em>tocòro</em>, v.g. <em>ãguète atta rẽba</em>, vel <em>ãguete
+atta</em>, <em>ni</em>, <em>uo</em>, <em>ua</em>, vel, <em>ie</em>, cum
+iam obtulisset.</p>
+
+<p>
+Futurum subiunctiui fit addendo futuro indicatiui particulã,
+<em>tòqi</em>, v.g. <em>ãgueô tòqi</em>, cum postea offerat.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum plusquam perfectum subiunctiui, vel quomodocumque illud
+voces, denique ad significandum hoc quod est, postquam
+<span class = "pagenum">23</span>
+fecissem actionem verbi, fit postpositis particulis, <em>cara</em>,
+<em>nòchi</em>, vel <em>ĩgo</em>: præterito plusquam perfecto; ablato
+tamen verbo, <em>gozaru</em>, v.g. <em>aguète cara</em>, <em>nohi</em>,
+vel, <em>igo</em>, <em>mairó</em>, postquam obtulerit proficiscar: idem
+quasi est, <em>aguètarǒ toqi mairó</em>, proficiscar quando iam
+obtulerit, <em>ãgueôzurù ni</em>, vel, <em>ãgueozuru tocoroni</em>,
+significat, cum iam esset paratus ad offerendum: vel vt offerret,
+<em>ãgueôzuru còto no saqini</em>, significat paululum antequam
+offeret.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præsens permissiuum subiunctiui fit duobus modis: primus est
+conuertendo, <em>v</em>, in quo finitur præsens indicatiui, in,
+<em>ẽdomo</em>, v.g. <em>ãgurẽdõmò</em> etiam si offerat.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum verò permissiui fit postposito, <em>redomo</em>, præterito
+indicatiui: v.g. <em>ãguetarẽdomo</em>, quamuis obtulisset: futurum
+autem permissiuum est addendo, <em>redomo</em> secundæ voci futuri
+indicatiui: v.g. <em>ãgueôzurẽdomo</em>, quamuis offerat. Secundus modus
+subiunctiui permissiui est efficacior &amp; fit præsens postposita
+particula, <em>tomo</em>, præsenti Indicatiui: v.g. <em>ãguru tomò</em>,
+quãuis offerat: solent etiam præsenti postponi particulæ,
+<em>mamaiò</em>, vel, <em>madeiò</em>, v.g. <em>soreuo voxiiùru
+mamaio</em>, vel, <em>sòre vo voxiiùru mãdeio</em>, etiam si hoc
+doceat.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum autem huius secundi permissiui fit postposito,
+<em>rìtomò</em>, præterito indicatiui: v.g. <em>ãguèta ritomo</em>,
+quamuis obtulerit: fit etiam hoc præteritum postposito, <em>mamaiò</em>
+vel <em>madeio</em>, præterito indicatiui: u.g. <em>ãgueta mamaio</em>,
+uel, <em>ãgueta madeio</em> idem fit postposito, <em>tòte</em>,
+præterito subiunctiui: u.g. <em>ãguetarẽba tòte</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Futurum permissiuum fit postposito, <em>tomo</em>, secundæ uoci futuri
+indicatiui: u.g. <em>ãgucozutomo</em>, fit etiam postpositis,
+<em>mamaio</em>, uel <em>madeio</em> eidem futuro: si uerò prædicto
+permissiuo in omnibus temporibus anteponatur, <em>tatòi</em>, additur
+magna uis orationi: u.g. <em>tatoi vôxerarùru tomo</em>, quamuis hoc
+præcipias: eumdem sensum facit præteritum plusquam perfectum Indicatiui
+ablato uerbo, <em>gozaru</em>, &amp;, <em>aru</em>, &amp; constituendo
+loco eius particulam, <em>mo</em>, u.g. <em>ãguete mo</em>, quamuis
+offerat: eadem particula, <em>mo</em>, postposita præsenti indicatiui
+facit eumdem sensum: u.g. <em>dòcõ de qiqi marasùru mo, sòno sata va
+mõsanu</em>, quamuis audiatur de hoc ubicumque; nihil tale auditur:
+eumdem sensum solent facere modi loquendi, qui sequũtur, <em>ãguemo xèio
+caxi?</em> <em>ãguetemo xô madeio</em>. <em>nanto mo ãgue caxi?</em>
+quod fere significat,
+<span class = "pagenum">24</span>
+quamuis offerat: eundem etiam sensum faciunt prædicta, <em>ãguruni
+saxerarei ãgu etani saxerarei</em>, uel <em>ãgueò ni saxerarei</em>,
+etiam si offerat, obtulerit, uel etiam si offeret: ac si dicat: ponamus,
+uel demus quòd ita&nbsp;sit.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "infin">
+Infinitiuum.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Præsens infinitiui fit ex præsenti indicatiui, postposito <em>còto</em>,
+uel, <em>to</em>, u.g. <em>ãgùru còto</em>, uel <em>ãguruto</em>,
+offerre.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum infinitiui fit postpositis eisdem particulis præterito
+indicatiui, u.g. <em>ãgueta còto</em>, uel, <em>ãguetato</em>,
+obtulisse. Futurum infinitiui fit eisdem postpositis futuro indicatiui:
+u.g. <em>ãgueeô còto</em>, uel <em>ãgueôto</em>, oblaturum. Eundem
+sensum faciunt præsens, præteritum, &amp; futurum indicatiui postposita
+illis particula, <em>ióni</em>, u.g. <em>nai nai guioi ni caqerareô ióni
+va vare mo zònzuru fitõ bìto mo zonjita</em>, sæpe credidi &amp; alij
+etiam putarunt me à te beneficijs esse afficiendum, <em>qèccu vare ni
+voxiie marasùru ióni gozaru</em>, potius ille potest me docere,
+<em>ãgueta ióni gozaru</em>, dicitur illum obtulisse.</p>
+
+<p>
+Ad interrogandum &amp; responendum utuntur sæpissime infinitiuo quod est
+suppositum uerbi quod subsequitur: u.g. <em>nhõbõgata ni vòchita cotó
+gaata ca?</em> incidisti ne in peccatum luxuriæ cum muliere? fuit ne hoc
+quod est incidisse &amp;c. &amp; hoc modo loquendi utuntur in omni
+tempore infinitiui.</p>
+
+<p>
+Aliquando supplet infinitiuum præteritum plusquam perfectũ ablato uerbo,
+<em>gozaru</em>, &amp; <em>aru</em>: u.g. <em>Deus no minòri vo firomète
+iòcaró</em>, bonum est legem Dei propagari: aliquando supplet præsens
+&amp; præteritum infinitui, præsens &amp; præteritum indicatiui
+postposita, <em>ga</em>, u.g. <em>sore vo vôxeraruru ga varú
+gozaró</em>, malum erit hoc dicere, <em>maittãgamaxi gia</em>, uenisse
+est melius, aut esset melius.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando uerò infinitiuo subsequitur uerbum substantiuum, non indiget
+particula, <em>còto</em>, u.g. <em>còsacazzuqĩ dè và sàqe vo nòmu
+deuanai</em>, bibere uinum calice paruo non est bibere, <em>còre còso
+caqu degozare</em>, hoc possumus dicere esse uerè scribere, <em>caqu
+<ins class = "edcorr" title = "corrected by author from ‘degozate’">de
+gozatte</ins> còso</em>, hoc nullo modo est scribere, <em>sòre ua ãgùru
+deuanai</em>, istud non est offerre: aliqua ex exemplis positis sunt ex
+uerbis aliarum
+<span class = "pagenum">25</span>
+<span class = "folionum">D</span>
+coniugationum; sed regula est generalis in omnibus: facit etiam sensum
+quasi infinitiui modus hic loquendi, <em>ãgue va</em>, <em>ãgurẽ
+domò</em>, quamuis offeram vel etsi faciam hoc, quod est offerre: est
+etiam regula generalis in omnibus coniugationibus: unde dicunt, <em>qìqi
+va tçucamatçure dòmò gàtten xenu</em>, quamuis audiam uel faciam hoc
+quod est audire; non intelligo: dicitur etiam, <em>ãgùru vomotte</em>,
+offerendo, uel cum hoc quod est offerre, <em>ãgùru iori</em>, ex hoc
+quod est offerre, <em>ãguru nitçuite</em>, circa hoc quod est
+offerre.</p>
+
+<p>
+Gerundium in, Di, es præsens uel futurum indicatiui, &amp; præcipue si
+adiungatur, <em>jibùn</em>, aut aliqua particula significans tempus:
+u.g. <em>ãguru jibùn</em>, tempus offerendi, <em>ãgueô ni
+qiuamàtta</em>, accepit resolutionem offerendi, <em>nĩguru jibun
+gia</em>, tempus est fugiendi, <em>coròsa rẽôzúru ni aisadamàtte
+arozu</em>, erit resolutus occisu, aut quod erit occidendus.</p>
+
+<p>
+Gerundiũ in, Do, fit duobus modis: primus, postponendo, præsenti
+indicatiui particulas, <em>ni</em>, uel, <em>tòte</em>, u.g. <em>ãguru
+ni</em>, uel, <em>ãgùrutote iurusareta</em>, offerendo fui solutus:
+secundus est auferendo uerbum, <em>gozàru</em>, præterito plusquam
+perfecto: u.g. <em>ãguète cutabireta</em>, offerendo, vel erigendo sum
+defessus: idest ex erectione uel actione offerendi, resultauit esse
+defessum: est etiam alius modus elegans gerundij in do, &amp; ualde
+communis, anteponendo radices uerborum alijs uerbis compositis: u.g.
+<em>fiqi iosùru</em>, approximare trahendo; radices autem sic uerbis
+adiunctæ numquã mutãtur in passiuis, neutris, aut negatiuis. In isto
+sensu gerundij in do, uidentur vti his modis loquendi <em>taixõ to
+xite</em>, cum esset dux: uel ducis munus gerendo, <em>võn rei to
+xitè</em>, gratias agendo, <em>ròtai nòmi ni xitè</em>, cum sit senex,
+<em>tçùcài xite iuaruru</em>, dicit ut nuncius.</p>
+
+<p>
+Gerundium in dum, fit postpositis particulis, <em>tàme</em>, vel,
+<em>tòte</em>, præsenti vel futuro indicatiui: v.g. <em>ãgùru tàme</em>,
+vel, <em>ãgueo tòte</em> ad offerendum, ad eundem sensum reducitur hic
+modus loquẽdi, <em>ãguru ni fàttõga àru</em>, est lex circa offerendum,
+nisi dicamus hoc vltimum esse gerundium in&nbsp;ni.</p>
+
+<p>
+Supinum in Tum, fit duobus modis, primus est postponendo <em>ni</em>,
+radicibus: secundus postposito, <em>tameni</em>, præsenti indicatiui:
+v.g. <em>tàzzunè ni maitta</em>, vel, <em>tàzzunùru tameni màittá</em>,
+veni oblatum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Supinum in Tu, est sola radix verbi. in hoc etiam sensu
+<span class = "pagenum">26</span>
+videntur vti isto modo loquendi, <em>mósu ni vòiobànu</em>, non est
+necessarium dictu.</p>
+
+<p>
+Participia præsentis, præteriti, &amp; futuri sunt præsens præteritum,
+&amp; futurum postpositis particulis, <em>fito</em>, vel, <em>mõno</em>,
+sed quando postponitur, <em>fito</em>, est modus loquendi honoratior:
+v.g. <em>ãgùru fito</em>, vel, <em>ãgùru mòno</em>, offerẽs, <em>ãgueta
+fito</em>, qui obtulit, <em>ãgueô mòno</em>, qui offeret, <em>Buppô gacu
+suru tòmõgara ni voite ua</em>, vacantes studio legis idolorum, <em>von
+vo xiru vo fito to va iũzo</em>; <em>von vo xiranu võba chicuxõ to còso
+iie</em>, in ista oratione particula, <em>uo</em>, supplet vocem
+participij &amp; dat suppositum verbo significatque: meritò vocant
+homines beneficium cognoscentes; ignorantes verò beneficia iure vocant
+belluas: est regula generalis in omni coniugatione, vnde exemplum est in
+verbo secundæ coniugationis: fit etiam participium postposita
+<em>te</em>, radicibus verborum: v.g. <em>ãguete</em>, offerens.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "neg_1">
+Prima coniugatio negatiua.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Radices sunt postposita, <em>zu</em>, radicibus affirmatiuis: v.g.
+<em>ãguezu</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præsens verò est constituendo, <em>nu</em>, loco, <em>zu</em>, v.g.
+<em>ãguènu</em>, non offerro, &amp; est regula generalis quomodocumque
+finiantur eorum radices, sola, <em>xi</em>, &amp;, <em>maraxi</em>,
+faciunt præsentia negatiua, <em>xènu maraxenu</em>, non facio, ea verò
+quorum radices finiuntur in <em>ji</em>, mutant <em>ji</em>, in
+<em>je</em>, &amp; postponitur illis particula, <em>nu</em>, ad præsens:
+v.g. <em>zonji</em>, fit præsens negatiuum, <em>zoniènu</em>, nescio:
+alicubi in Iaponia faciunt negatiua auferendo vltimum, <em>v</em>, à
+radicibus negatiuis &amp; superaddendo illis verbum, <em>ari</em>,
+<em>u</em>, coniugatum per secundam secundum tempus: v.g.
+<em>ãguezàru</em>, non offero, <em>ãgue zàtta</em>, non obtuli, <em>ãgue
+zatta rẽba</em>, cum non obtulisset, etiam dicunt, <em>ãguezu xite</em>,
+non offerendo.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum negatiuum fit ad modum præsentis ponendo loco, <em>nu</em>,
+particulam <em>nanda</em>, v.g. <em>ãguenànda</em>, non obtuli,
+<em>zonjenanda</em>, nesciui, <em>vori nànda</em>, non descendi.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum plusquam perfectum fit mutando vltimam <em>a</em>, præteriti
+in, <em>e</em>, &amp; postponendo verbum, <em>gozàru</em>, in præsenti,
+vel, <em>gozàtta</em>, in præterito: v.g. <em>ãguenandẽ gozàru</em>, vel
+<em>ãguenànde</em>
+<span class = "pagenum">27</span>
+<span class = "folionum">D2</span>
+<em>gozàtta</em>, non obtuleram: fit etiam ponendo, <em>ĩdẽ gozàru</em>,
+vel, <em>idẽ gozatta</em>, loco <em>nandẽ gozaru</em>, v.g. <em>ãguèi de
+gozaru</em>, vel, <em>ãgueidẽ gozàtta</em>, non obtuleram, <em>zonzeĩdẽ
+gozaru</em>, nesciueram, <em>vochiĩdẽ gozatta</em>, non cecideram.</p>
+
+<p>
+Futurum negatiuum est addendo, <em>mài</em>, vel, <em>màji</em>,
+radicibus, vel præsentibus affirmatiuis: v.g. <em>ãgue mai</em>, vel
+<em>ãgùru maji</em>, non offeres.</p>
+
+<p>
+Imperatiuum fit postposito, <em>na</em>, præsenti indicatiui: v.g.
+<em>ãgùruna</em>, ne offeras.</p>
+
+<p>
+Fit etiam anteposito, <em>na</em>, &amp; postposito, <em>so</em>,
+radicibus affirmatiuis: v.g. <em>na ãgue so</em>, ne offeras.</p>
+
+<p>
+Fit etiam postposito, <em>na</em>, radicibus: v.g. <em>ãgue na</em>, ne
+offeras, <em>mixè na</em>, ne ostendas, <em>mesare na</em>, ne faciatis:
+radices, quæ finiuntur in, <em>xi</em>, vel, <em>ji</em>, &amp; sunt
+secundæ coniugationis mutant illud in, <em>e</em>, ad istud imperatiuum:
+v.g. <em>so xè na</em>, vel <em>só maraxe na</em>, ne facias istud,
+<em>so zonzena</em>, ne istud cogites.</p>
+
+<p>
+Optatiuum fit anteponendo, <em>negauacùua</em>, vel <em>auare</em>,
+&amp; postponendo, <em>caxi</em>, <em>gana</em>, imperatiuo negatiuo:
+v.g. <em>auare ãguru nacaxi</em>, o si non offerres: vel, <em>nẽgauacù
+ua na ãgue sõ gana</em>, idem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum optatiui fit postposito, <em>mòno vò</em>, futuro negatiuo:
+v.g. <em>ãguru mai mono vo!</em> o si non obtulisset!</p>
+
+<p>
+Subiunctiuum verò negatiuum est conuertendo, <em>v</em>, in qua finitur
+præsens negatiuum in <em>ẽba</em>, v.g. <em>ãguenẽba</em>, cum non
+offerret.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum subiunctiui est postposito, <em>rẽba</em>, præterito negatiuo
+indicatiui: v.g. <em>ãguenanda rẽba</em>, cum non obtulisset.</p>
+
+<p>
+Futurum est postposito, <em>qerẽba</em>, futuro negatiuo: v.g.
+<em>niguru mai qerẽba</em>, cum non sit fugiturus.</p>
+
+<p>
+Subiunctiuum permissiuum fit postposita particula, <em>dòmò</em>,
+præsenti negatiuo, sed mutato <em>u</em>, in quo finitur in, <em>e</em>,
+v.g. <em>ãguenẽ dòmò</em>, quamuis non offerat: dicunt etiam &amp;
+melius <em>ãguenaĩdemo</em>, vel, <em>ãgueĩdemo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum permissiuum est postposito, <em>redomo</em>, præterito
+negatiuo: v.g. <em>ãguenanda rẽdomò</em>, quamuis non obtulerat, dicunt
+etiam, <em>ãguenaĩdemo</em>, vel, <em>agùeĩdemo</em>, &amp; si non
+obtulerit.</p>
+
+<p>
+Futurum permissiuum est postposito, <em>qerẽdòmò</em>, futuro negatiuo:
+v.g. <em>ãgùru mai qerẽdòmò</em>, &amp; si non offeret.</p>
+<span class = "pagenum">28</span>
+
+<p>
+Aliud autem permissiuum cum particula, <em>tomò</em>, fit postposita
+prædicta particula radicibus negatiuis: v.g. <em>ãguèzutomò</em>, &amp;
+si non offert. Fit etiam postposito, <em>tote</em>, præsenti
+subiunctiui: v.g. <em>ãguenẽba tote</em>, tertio modo etiam fit
+postposito, <em>mamaio</em>, vel, <em>madeiò</em>, præsenti negatiuo:
+v.g. <em>ãguènú mamaio</em>, vel, <em>ãguenu madeio</em>, quamuis non
+offerat.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum fit postposito, <em>ritomò</em>, præterito negatiuo: v.g.
+<em>ãguenandari tomò</em>, &amp; si non obtulerit. Fit etiam postposito,
+<em>tote</em>, præterito negatiuo subiunctiui: v.g. <em>aguenanda rẽba
+tote</em> &amp; melius, <em>ãguenaĩdemo</em>, vel, <em>ãguèĩdemo</em>,
+quamuis non offerat, vel obtulerit.</p>
+
+<p>
+Futurum est postposito, <em>tomò</em>, futuro negatiuo: v.g. <em><ins
+class = "edcorr" title = "corrected by author from ‘ẽgue’">ãgue</ins>
+mai tomò</em>, &amp;si non sit oblaturus, <em>vochiĩdemo</em>, &amp;si
+non ceciderit.</p>
+
+<p>
+Infinitiuum præsens, præteritum, &amp; futurum, est ipsum præsens,
+præteritum, &amp; futurum negatiuum indicatiui, postpositis
+<em>còto</em>, vel, <em>to</em>, v.g. <em>ãguenu còto</em>, non offerre,
+<em>ãguenanda còto</em> non obtulisse, <em>ãgùru mai còto</em>, non esse
+oblaturum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Aliquando vtuntur præsenti negatiuo pro præterito in omnibus
+coniugationibus: v.g. <em>mi maraxènu</em>, non vidi.</p>
+
+<p>
+Gerundium in, Di, negatiuum, est præsens vel futurum negatiuum,
+<em>ãguenu</em>, vel, <em>ãgùru mai</em>, non offerendi.</p>
+
+<p>
+Gerundium in, Do, fit postposito, <em>ni</em>, radicibus negatiuis vel
+præsentibus: v.g. <em>ãguèzuni</em>, vel, <em>ãguenuni</em>, non
+offerendo, idem quasi est: <em>ãgueĩde</em>, vel, <em>ãguenaĩde</em>,
+vel, <em>ãguèzu xitè</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Gerundium in, Dum, est postposito, <em>tote</em>, vel <em>tame</em>,
+præsenti aut futuro negatiuo indicatiui: v.g. <em>ãguenu tame</em>, vel,
+<em>ãgùru mai tòte</em>, ad non offerendum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Participia negatiua præsentis, præteriti &amp; futuri, sunt præsens
+præteritum, &amp; futurum negatiuum postposito, <em>fito</em>, vel,
+<em>mòno</em> v.g. <em>ãguenu fito</em>, non offerens, <em>ãguenanda
+mòno</em>, qui non obtulit, <em>ãguru mai mòno</em>, qui non offeret,
+<em>ãguena ĩde cara</em>, vel, <em>ãgueĩde nòchi</em>, post non
+obtulisse: vel postquam non obtulerunt, aut postquam non est
+oblatum.</p>
+
+
+<span class = "pagenum">29</span>
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "aff_2">
+Secunda coniugatio affirmatiua.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Omnes radices verborum secundæ coniugationis finiuntur in, <em>i</em>,
+fitque præsens mutato, <em>i</em>, in, <em>u</em>, v.g. <em>iòmi</em>:
+<em>iomu</em>, lego. Si radices finiuntur in, <em>chi</em>, mutant istam
+dictionem in, <em>tçu</em> v.g. <em>machi</em>: <em>matçu</em>, expecto.
+Si finiuntur in, <em>xi</em>: mutatur in <em>su</em>: v.g.
+<em>coròxi</em>: <em>corosu</em>, occido.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum fit. Si radices finiuntur in, <em>ami</em>, conuertitur in,
+<em>óda</em>, v.g. <em>cami</em>: <em>códa</em>, mandi vel masticaui. Si
+finiuntur in, <em>ebi</em>, vel, <em>emi</em>, mutantur in,
+<em>eôda</em>, v.g. <em>saqèbi</em>: <em>saqeôda</em>, vociferatus sum,
+<em>sonèmi, soneoda</em>, inuidi seu habui inuidiam. Si finiuntur in,
+<em>òbi</em>, vel, <em>òmi</em>, conuertuntur in, <em>ôda</em>, v.g.
+<em>coròbi: corôda</em>, cecidit: <em>còmi, côda</em>, se inclusit. Si
+finiuntur in <em>umi</em>, conuertitur in, <em>únda</em>, v.g.
+<em>casùmi</em>: <em>casunda</em>, obtenebratus est, in idem
+conuertuntur quæ finiuntur in, <em>imi</em>, v.g. <em>canaximi,
+canaxúnda</em>, tristatus est. Si finiuntur in, <em>gui</em>, illud
+conuertunt in, <em>ĩda</em>, v.g. <em>fẽgui, feĩda</em>, discissum est:
+<em>xini, uru</em>, facit præteritum, <em>xinda</em>, mortuus est:
+&amp;, <em>ini, uru</em>, facit præteritum, <em>inda</em>, abiuit: &amp;
+quantum ad hoc sunt sicut secundæ coniugationis; quo ad alia verò
+tempora sunt primæ. Radices quæ finiuntur in, <em>chi</em>, vel,
+<em>ri</em>, illud conuertunt ad præteritum in, <em>tta</em>, v.g.
+<em>mòchi</em>: <em>mòtçu</em>, facit præteritum, <em>mòtta</em>,
+accepit, <em>chiri, u: chitta</em>, sparsum est, quæ verò finiuntur in,
+<em>xi</em>, vel, <em>qi</em>, illud <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘couertunt’">conuertunt</ins> in, <em>ita</em>, v.g.
+<em>coròxi, u</em>: <em>coròita</em>, occidit, <em>qiqi, u</em>,
+<em>qijta</em>, audiuit, <em>xiqi, u</em>, <em>xiita</em>, extendit.</p>
+
+<p>
+Futurum fit conuertendo, <em>i</em>, in quo radices finiuntur in,
+<em>ó</em>, <em>ozu</em>, vel <em>ózuru</em>, v.g. <em>iomó</em>,
+<em>iomozu</em>, vel, <em>iomózuru</em>, leges. Si verò radices
+finiuntur in, <em>chi</em>, mutatur ista dictio in, <em>tó</em>, v.g.
+<em>machi</em>: <em>mató</em>, expectabo, quæ finiuntur autem in,
+<em>xi</em>, illud conuertunt in, <em>só</em>, v.g. <em>móxi: u</em>:
+<em>mósó</em>, dicam, aut loquar.</p>
+
+<p>
+Imperatiuum fit conuertendo, <em>i</em>, in quo radices finiuntur in,
+<em>e</em>, v.g. <em>iomi</em>: <em>ióme</em>, lege vel legas. Si vero
+radices finiantur in, <em>chi</em>, conuertitur in, <em>te</em>, v.g.
+<em>machi</em>: <em>mate</em>, expecta. Fit etiam imperatiuum
+conuertendo, <em>nu</em>, in quo præsens negatiuum finitur in,
+<em>ai</em>, v.g. ex, <em>iomanu</em>, constituendo, <em>ai</em>, loco,
+<em>nu</em>, fit, <em>iomai</em>, lege, &amp; est modus communis etiam
+tertiæ coniugationis; sed isto imperatiuo vtuntur solum loquendo cum
+inferioribus.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class = "pagenum">30</span>
+Futurum imperatiui est futurum absolutum: v.g. <em>iòmõ</em>, leges,
+&amp; illo vtuntur loquendo cum abiectis personis.</p>
+
+<p>
+Reliqua tempora optatiui, subiunctiui, gerundij, infinitiui &amp;c.
+fiunt eodem modo &amp; eisdem particulis quibus in prima coniugatione
+applicando singula singulis etiam in modis loquendi.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "neg_2">
+Secunda coniugatio negatiua.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Radix negatiua secundæ coniugationis est conuerso, <em>i</em>, in quo
+radix absoluta finitur, in <em>azu</em>, v.g. <em>iòmi</em>:
+<em>iomazu</em>, radix, non legendi.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præsens fit, si radix affirmatiua finitur in, <em>chi</em>, illud
+conuertendo in, <em>tanu</em>, vt, <em>machi</em>: <em>matanu</em>, non
+expecto. Si finitur in, <em>xi</em>, mutatur in, <em>sanu</em>, vt
+<em>coròxi</em>: <em>corosanu</em>, non occido. Si alio quouis modo
+finiuntur in, <em>i</em>, illud conuertunt in, <em>anu</em>, v.g.
+<em>coròbi</em>: <em>corobanu</em>, non cado.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum est conuertendo, <em>nu</em>, præsentis in, <em>nanda</em>,
+v.g. <em>corobanu</em>: <em>corobananda</em>, non cecidi,
+<em>iomananda</em>, non legi, reliqua verò tempora proportionaliter
+sicut in prima coniugatione negatiua.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "aff_3">
+Tertia coniugatio affirmatiua.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Radices verborum tertiæ coniugationis finiuntur in, <em>ai</em>,
+<em>oi</em>, vel, <em>vi</em>, quæ finiuntur in, <em>ai</em>, conuertunt
+illud in, <em>ó</em>, ad faciendum præsens: v.g. <em>narai</em>:
+<em>naró</em>, disco: quæ finiuntur in, <em>oi</em>, vertunt illud in,
+<em>ô</em>, v.g. <em>vomoi</em>, <em>vomô</em>, cogito, quæ verò
+finiuntur in, <em>vi</em>, illud mutant in, <em>ú</em>, v.g.
+<em>cui</em>: <em>cú</em>, comedo.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum fit postposito, <em>ta</em>, præsenti: v.g. <em>naróta</em>,
+didici, <em>vomôta</em>, cogitaui, <em>cúta</em>, manducaui.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum plusquam perfectum fit conuertendo vltimum, <em>a</em>,
+præteriti perfecti in <em>e</em>, &amp; addito verbo, <em>gozaru</em>,
+in præsenti vel, <em>gozatta</em>, in præterito, vt supra dictum est in
+prima coniugatione: v.g. <em>naró tẽ gozaru</em>, vel, <em>narotẽ
+gozatta</em>, iam didiceram.</p>
+
+<p>
+Futurum fit conuertendo, <em>i</em>, in quo radix finitur in,
+<em>vó</em>, <em>vózu</em>, vel: <em>vózuru</em>, v.g. <em>narauó
+narauozu</em>, vel, <em>narauózuru</em> discam.
+<span class = "pagenum">31</span>
+Si verò radix finiatur in, <em>oi</em>: conuertitur in, <em>vô</em>,
+<em>vôzu</em>, vel, <em>vô</em>, <em>zuru</em>, v.g. <em>vomoi</em>,
+<em>vomouô</em>: <em>vomouozu</em>, vel, <em>vomouôzuru</em>
+cogitabo.</p>
+
+<p>
+Imperatiuum fit postponendo radicibus, <em>e</em>, v.g. <em>naraie</em>,
+disce, <em>tòie</em>, interroga, <em>cùie</em>, comede. Fit etiam
+auferendo à præsenti negatiuo, de quo statim, dictionem, <em>nu</em>,
+&amp; constituendo loco eius literam, <em>i</em>, v.g. <em>narauai</em>,
+disce, <em>touai</em>, interroga, <em>cuvai</em>, comede, hoc modo
+vtimur cum inferioribus, cætera sicut in alijs coniugationibus.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "neg_3">
+Tertia coniugatio negatiua.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Radix negatiua tertiæ coniugationis est conuertendo, <em>i</em>, in quo
+radix affirmatiua finitur, in <em>vazu</em>, v.g. <em>narauazu</em>,
+<em>touazu</em>, <em>cuvazu</em>, fit vero præsens conuertendo,
+<em>i</em>, in, <em>vanu</em>: v.g. <em>narauanu</em>, non disco,
+<em>touanù</em>, non interrogo, <em>cuvanu</em>, non comedo.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum fit conuertendo, <em>i</em>, radicis, in, <em>vananda</em>,
+v.g. <em>narauananda</em>, non didici, <em>tòuananda</em>, non
+interrogaui, <em>cuuananda</em>, non comedi.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum plusquam perfectum est conuertendo, <em>a</em>, vltimum
+perfecti in, <em>e</em>, &amp; addito verbo, <em>gozaru</em>, vel,
+<em>gozatta</em>, v.g. <em>cù uanandẽ gozatta</em>, vel <em>narauana dẽ
+gozaru</em>, non comederam, vel non didiceram, cætera vt in alijs
+coniugationibus.</p>
+
+<p>
+Postpositis verbis substantiuis gerundijs in, <em>Do</em>, omnium
+coniugationum tam affirmatiuarum; quam negatiuarum: fit sensus, est, vel
+non est factum, quod per gerundium significatur: v.g. <em>ãguete
+aró</em>, iam erit oblatum, <em>còno qiõga caitẽ gozaranu</em>, hic
+liber non est scriptus, <em>ãgueĩde arõzu</em>, nondum obtulerit. Verba
+verò substantiua sunt, <em>gozaru</em>, <em>gozaranu</em>,
+<em>voru</em>, <em>uori nai</em>, <em>dea</em> vel <em>gia</em>:
+<em>deuanai</em>, <em>aru</em>: <em>aranu</em>, vel, <em>gozaranu uoru
+ùòrinai</em>, &amp; vnumquodque, ex illis sequitur regulas communes suæ
+coniugationis.</p>
+
+<p>
+Postpositis etiam verbis substantiuis infinitiuis omnium coniugationum
+fit sensus quòd est, fuit, erit; vel non, id quod per infinitiuum
+significatur: v.g. <em>ãguru còto arõ</em>, erit hoc quod est offerre:
+idest offeret, <em>naróta còto gozarumai</em>, non addiscet, &amp; dicta
+verba substantiua habent omnia sua tempora iuxta secundam
+<span class = "pagenum">32</span>
+coniugationem ad quam pertinent, quia eorum radices finiuntur in
+<em>i</em>, <em>ari</em>, <em>u</em>: <em>gozari,&nbsp;u.</em></p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "subst_neg">
+Coniugatio verbi substantiui negatiui.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Verbum substantiuum negatiuum est, <em>nai</em>, vel, <em>gozanai</em>,
+vel, <em>uorinai</em>, quod significat non esse, eius radix est,
+<em>naqu</em> vel, <em>gozanaqu</em>, aut, <em>uorinaqu.</em></p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum est conuertendo, <em>i</em>, in quo præsens finitur, in,
+<em>c</em>, &amp; postponendo illi præteritum, <em>ari</em>, <em>u</em>,
+quod est, <em>atta</em>, v.g. <em>nacatta</em>, vel,
+<em>gozanacatta</em>, non fuit, cætera tempora sunt coniugando,
+<em>ari</em>, <em>u</em>, per secundam secundum temporum exigentiam.</p>
+
+<p>
+Imperatiuum est, <em>nacare</em>, vel, <em>nanaiso</em>, vel,
+<em>naina</em>, ne&nbsp;sis.</p>
+
+<p>
+Subiunctiuum est conuertendo, <em>i</em>, præsentis in, <em>qerẽba</em>,
+v.g. <em>naqerẽba</em>, vel, <em>gozana qerẽba</em>, cum non esset
+vel&nbsp;sit.</p>
+
+<p>
+Subiunctiuum permissiuum est conuertendo, <em>i</em>, præsens in,
+<em>qerẽdòmò</em>, v.g. <em>gozana qerẽdòmò</em>, etiam si
+non&nbsp;sit.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum huius subiunctiui est postposito, <em>rẽdomo</em>, præterito
+indicatiui: v.g. <em>nacatta rẽdomo</em>, quamuis non fuit.</p>
+
+<p>
+Substantiuum cum particula, <em>tomo</em>, est illam potponendo radici:
+v.g. <em>naqutomo</em>, etiam si non sit. Gerundium est, <em>nó</em>,
+<em>nóte</em>, vel, <em>naqu xitè</em>, vel, <em>nacatte</em>, cum non
+sit. Cætera vt supra cum verbo, <em>ari</em>, <em>u</em>: superaddito,
+&amp; coniugato per secundam.</p>
+
+<p>
+Nomina adiectiua quando non antecedunt verbis, coniugantur per se sicut
+verbum substantiuum negatiuum: illa inquam nomina adiectiua, quaæ supra
+dictum est finiri in, <em>ai</em>, <em>ei</em>, <em>oi</em>,
+<em>ui</em>, <em>ij</em>, eorum radices sunt conuersa, <em>i</em>,
+vltima in, <em>qu</em>, v.g. <em>fucacu</em>, radix profundi, æ,
+<em>iòqu</em>, radix boni, æ, <em>xĩguequ</em>: radix densi, æ,
+<em>uarùqu</em>, radix mali, æ, mali, <em>uonajiqu</em>: radix eiusdem
+&amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præsens est ipsa vox adiectiui: v.g. <em>ioi</em>, bonus, a, um,
+<em>fucai</em>, profundus, a, um, <em>uarui</em>, malus, a, um,
+<em>uonaji</em>, idem, eadem, idem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum est conuertendo, <em>i</em>, adiectiui in, <em>c</em>, vel,
+<em>q</em>, &amp;
+<span class = "pagenum">33</span>
+<span class = "folionum">E</span>
+postposito verbo, <em>ari</em>, <em>u</em>, illud coniugando secundum
+exigentiam orationis in omnibus temporibus.</p>
+
+<p>
+Permissiuum cum, <em>tomò fucàqu tomò</em>, vel, <em>fucài tomò</em>,
+quamuis profundum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Gerundium in, do, <em>fucóte</em>, cum esset profundum, <em>ióte</em>,
+cum sit bonum, <em>varúte</em>, cum sit malum, <em>càna xiúte</em>, cum
+sit triste, <em>xingueo te</em>, cum sit densum. Sunt etiam, <em>fucó
+xite fucaqu xite</em>, vel, <em>fucacàtte</em>, &amp; sic in alijs: v.g.
+<em>iôxite</em>, <em>iòqu xite</em>, <em>iocatte</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Adiectiua finita in na, non coniugantur; gerundia tamen in do, solent
+habere: v.g. <em>aqiracana</em>, pro gerundio, <em>aqirãcani xite</em>,
+cùm esset clarum; idem, <em>aqiraca de</em>, <em>arisóna</em>, habet
+<em>arisoni xite</em>, cum sit apparens vel verisimile, <em>iónà</em>,
+habet, <em>ìóni</em>, v.g. <em>iòi yóni xitè</em>, cum sit boni modi,
+vel habeat bonum modum, <em>càvãga fucóte vatarananda</em>, quia stauius
+erat profundus non transuadaui, <em>xebòte irarènu</em>, quia strictum,
+non est intrabile, <em>varúte cu varenu</em>, non est comestibile vel
+non potest comedi, quia malum. Cætera tempora adiectiuorum sunt vt
+dictum est, cum verbo, <em>ari</em>, <em>u</em>, coniugato secundum
+exigentiam orationis. Coniugatio etiam negatiua est cum eodem,
+<em>ari</em>, <em>u</em>, v.g. radix est, <em>fucàcaràzu</em>, præsens
+verò est, <em>fucàcarà nu</em>, non est profundum. Præteritum,
+<em><ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘fucacaranda’">fucacarananda</ins></em>,
+non fuit &amp;c.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "condit">
+De Particulis conditionalibus.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Quinque sunt particulæ facientes orationem conditionalem,
+<em>naraba</em>, <em>ni vòite va</em>, <em>ràba</em>, <em>va</em>,
+<em>ba</em>, duæ secundæ postponuntur omni verbo tam affirmatiuo, quàm
+negatiuo in præsenti, præterito, &amp; futuro, &amp; cum illis remanet
+verbum conditionale: v.g. <em>nĩgùru naraba</em>, si fugis, <em>iôda ni
+uòite va</em>, si legistis, <em>nara võ naraba</em>, si disces,
+<em><ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘cú vaàu’">cu vazu</ins> ni vòite va</em>,
+si non comedis, aliquando tollitur
+<em>voi</em>, à, <em>ni voite</em>, v.g. <em>ãgueô ni va</em>, si
+offeres, <em>ãgueta ró ni va</em>, si obtuleris. Tollitur etiam
+aliquando, <em>voite</em>, &amp; remanet solum, <em>ni</em>, v.g.
+<em>mairó ni còso</em>, <em>nèn gòrò ni mòsõzure</em>, si ibo vel ierim
+significabo illi amicabiliter, <em>xitaró ni còso</em>,
+<span class = "pagenum">34</span>
+<em>faisòcu tçùqu maji qerè</em>, si fecissem; non habuisset effectum,
+diligentia &amp; persuasio.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>raba</em>, postponitur præteritis: v.g. <em>narǒta
+raba</em>, si didicissem, <em>narauananda raba</em>, si non
+didicissem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>va</em>, postponitur radicibus negatiuis omnium trium
+coniugationum; v.g. <em>ãguèzu va</em>, si non offero, <em>iomazu
+va</em>, si non lego, <em>narauazu va</em>, si non disco, <em>naqu
+va</em>, si non est, <em>fucacarazu va</em>, si non esset profundum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula verò, <em>ba</em>, habet eumdem effectum &amp; iungitur etiam
+radicibus, quibus, <em>va ãguezũba</em>, <em>iomazũba</em>
+<em>narauazũba</em>, si vero dicta particula, <em>ba</em>, ponatur loco,
+<em>zu</em>, radicibus negatiuis, fit conditionalis affirmatiua oratio:
+v.g. <em>ãguẽba</em>, si offero, <em>iomãba</em> si lego,
+<em>narauãba</em>, si disco, <em>iocaraba</em>, si est bonum: particula
+verò, <em>ua</em>, non solum postponitur radicibus negatiuis
+adiectiuorum: sed etiam affirmatiuis: v.g. <em>fucaqu ua</em>, si es
+profundum, <em>uonajiqu ua</em>, si est idem: aliquando hoc verbo
+vtuntur ac si dicant: si non est valde molestum: facias hoc: dicunt
+etiam, <em>ãgue majiqù ua</em>, si non offeres.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>ni uòite ua</em>, supra posita iungitur etiam aliquando
+nominibus, &amp; quasi supplet verbum substantiuum: v.g. <em>jó jó nì
+uoite ua uqe toró</em>, accipiam si est valde bonum vel optimum,
+<em>curùxicarazaru guì ni uòite ua</em>, si non fuerit molestum vel res
+molesta.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>saie</em>, posita in oratione, vbi est aliqua particula
+ex conditionalibus sensui orationis addit virtutem: v.g. <em>fune saie
+mairu naraba</em>, si venerit aliquod nauigium, <em>sonata saie
+uocutabire naqu ua</em>, si non est defessus, ac si diceret: ex mea
+parte, vel quod ad me attinet ego non sum defessus.</p>
+
+<p>
+Supplet etiam aliquando particula, <em>saie</em>, conditionalem: v.g.
+<em>Niffon no xôco cu ni saie caióna còtò gozaru fõdonì</em>, si ergo in
+regno paruo Iaponiæ inueniuntur &amp; sunt res huiusmodi, ac si dicat;
+quanto magis erunt in magnis, <em>còco mòto no tocai nì saie mei uacu
+itasu iónĩ gozaru fõdoni &amp;c.</em> si ergo in nauigationibus, quæ hic
+fiunt, valde patior &amp;c. <em>fito saie côquai suru mòno uò iurusu ni
+iuan ia, Deus ni uoite uoia?</em> si ergo homo ingnoscit homini
+pœnitenti, quanto magis Deus? <em>còre fõdo xei uo iru ru saie còto
+naricanùru ni; ucato xite ua, <ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘incãdeca’">icãdeca</ins> banji canauozo?</em>
+si tot adhibendo vires vix potui fieri; si leuiter fuisset factum
+quomodo potuisset fieri seu finiri? <em>còre saie xinicui ni</em>, si
+<span class = "pagenum">35</span>
+<span class = "folionum">E2</span>
+ergo hoc est difficile, <em>fune de saie ioio tçuita ni</em>, <em>cachi
+ua nananaca naru mai</em>, si nauigio vix perueni; pedes absque dubio
+non potuissem.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "potent">
+De verbo potentiali.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Postposita particula, <em>ro</em>, præsentibus &amp; futuris verborum
+illa facit potentialia: v.g. <em>ãguru ro</em>, forsan offert,
+<em>nĩgueozuru</em>, fortassis fugiet.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præterita fiunt conuertendo, <em>ta</em>, in, <em>tçu</em>, &amp;
+addito, <em>ro</em>, v.g. <em>ãguetçuro</em>, fortassis obtulit. Si verò
+postponatur præteritis negatiuis, <em>da</em>, in quo finiuntur, debet
+mutari in, <em>zzu</em>, v.g. <em>ãguenanzzuro</em>, <ins class =
+"mycorr" title = "text reads ‘posibile’">possibile</ins> est non
+obtulisse, vel quod non obtulerit, vel obtulit.</p>
+
+<p>
+Fit etiam potentiale præsens postposito, <em>arozu</em>, vel alio
+futuro, infinitiuo: v.g. <em>ãgùru còto mò aròzu</em>, vel, <em>ãgue mò
+xôzu</em>, forsan offert.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum est postposito futuro præterito: v.g. <em>ãgueta còto mo
+arozu</em>, forsitan obtulit.</p>
+
+<p>
+Futurum, <em>ãgueô còto mo arozu</em>, forsan offeret, idem etiam est in
+negatiuis: v.g. <em>ãguenu</em>, vel, <em>ãguenanda</em>, vel, <em>ãguru
+mai còto mo arozu</em>, <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘posibile’">possibile</ins> est quod non offert, obtulit,
+vel offeret, &amp; quando volumus dicere, ita erit: loco, <em>còto</em>,
+ponimus, <em>mono</em>, v.g. <em>noxenanda mono dearózu</em>,
+fortassis non
+introduxerunt in nauigium, <em>iqi chĩgota mono dearozu</em>, non se
+obuiauerunt in via, <em>moreqicoieta mono de gozaro ca to zonzurù</em>,
+credo si forsan est diuulgatum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Ad significandum fieri significatum nominum adiectiuorum postponitur
+verbum, <em>nari</em>, <em>u</em>, coniugatum secundum exigentiam
+temporis ipsis adiectiuis aduerbialiter sumptis: v.g. <em>fuco
+naru</em>, fit profundum, <em>uaru natta</em>, factum est malum: dicitur
+etiam <em>fuco aru</em>, est profundum, aliquando etiam dicunt, <em>fuco
+nai</em>, non est profundum, &amp; hoc modo loquendi vtuntur etiam
+coniugando <em>nai</em>, modo supra dicto secundum exigentiam temporis,
+iuxta sensum orationis: etiam dicunt potentialiter, <em>fuco nai coto mo
+arozu</em>, forsan erit hoc, quod est, non esse profundum.</p>
+
+
+<span class = "pagenum">36</span>
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "irreg">
+Verba irregularia quo ad coniugationes.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Verbum, <em>qi</em>, <em>uru</em>, quod est venio, is: habet præsens,
+<em>qùru</em>, venio, <em>qita</em>, veni, <em>côzu</em>, veniam,
+<em>coi</em>, vel, <em>coio</em>, veni, <em>qitarẽba</em>, cum venerit,
+vel si venisset, <em>qitarẽdomo</em>, quãuis venit, &amp; radicem
+negatiuam, <em>côzu</em>, &amp; præsens negatiuum, <em>conu</em>, non
+venio, <em>mède</em> radix verbi delector, aris, habet præsens
+<em>mẽzzùru</em>, &amp; gerundium in do, <em>medete</em>, delectando se,
+<em>cui</em>, radix verbi pœniteo, es, vel tristor, aris, habet præsens,
+<em>cuiuru</em>, &amp; gerundium in do, <em>cuite</em>, pœnitendo, &amp;
+radicem negatiuam, <em>cuizu</em>, &amp; præsens negatiuum,
+<em>cuinu</em>, non pœnitet, <em>araie</em>, radix verbi sum, est, fui:
+habet præsens, <em>araiùru</em>, siue, <em>aroru</em>, est:
+<em>furi</em> radix verbi veterasco: habet præteritum, <em>furita</em>,
+inueteratus est, &amp; gerundium in do, <em>fùrite</em>, inueterando,
+<em>fe</em>, radix verbi transeo, is, habet præsens, <em>furu</em>,
+transit; &amp; præteritum, <em>feta</em>, transit, <em>Tari</em>,
+<em>u</em>, est verbum significans rem esse completam &amp; integram:
+habet præsens, <em>taru</em>, sufficit, præteritum, <em>tatta</em>,
+completum fuit, &amp; futurum, <em>tari maraxo</em>, erit perfectum vel
+sufficiet: &amp; radicem negatiuam, <em>tarazu</em>, præsens negatiuum,
+<em>taranu</em>, præteritum, <em>tarananda</em>, non fuit sufficiens,
+futurum, <em>taru mai</em>, non erit sufficiens, imperfectum subiunctiui
+<em>taranẽba</em>, cum non sufficeret.</p>
+
+<p>
+Permissiuum, <em>taranẽ domo</em>, infinitiuum negatiuum, <em>taranu
+coto</em>, gerundium verò in do, <em>taraĩde</em>, vel, <em>Tarazu
+xite</em>, verbum <em>taxi</em>, <em>tasu</em>, quod significat
+adimplere, seu perficere, habet futurum, <em>taxi marãxô</em>,
+perficiam, <em>tasanu</em>, vero est eius præsens negatiuum.
+<em>Tari</em>, autem radix verbi, <em>taro</em>, quod significat esse
+perfectum, habet præteritum negatiuum, <em>tara uananda</em>, non fuit
+perfectum, &amp; subiũctiuum, <em>tara uanẽba</em>, cum non esset
+perfectum, &amp; permissiuum, <em>tara uanẽ domo</em>, &amp;
+infinitiuum, <em>tarauanu còto</em>, &amp; gerundium in do,
+<em>Tarauaĩde</em>, vel <em>Tarauaxu xitè</em>: <em>uocotari</em>, vero
+est radix verbi, <em>uocotaru</em>, pro eo quod est deficere: habet
+infinitiuum, <em>uòcotaru coto</em>, &amp; radicem negatiuam,
+<em>uocotarazu</em>, &amp; præsens negatiuum, <em><ins class = "edcorr"
+title = "corrected by author from ‘või cotaranu’">vo
+cotaranu</ins></em>, <em>voi</em>, est radix verbi quod habet
+præteritum, <em>uoita</em>, inueteratus
+<span class = "pagenum">37</span>
+est: &amp;, <em>uoitaru</em>, quod est idem. Et præsens negatiuum quod
+est, <em>uoinu</em>, &amp; gerundium in do, <em>uoite</em>:
+<em>urei</em>, radix verbi tristor, aris, habet præsens, <em>vreô</em>,
+&amp; imperatiuum, <em>vreio</em>, &amp; infinitiuum, <em>vreoru
+coto</em>, &amp; gerundium in do, <em>vreite</em>: <em>Tomi</em>, radix
+verbi, <em>tomu</em>, vel, <em>tomeru</em> quod est ditor, aris, vel
+diues fieri, habet præteritum, <em>tonda</em>, gerundium in do,
+<em>tonde</em>, &amp; radicem negatiuam, <em>tomàzú</em>, <em>saĩ
+guiri</em>, <em>u</em>, significat idem quod præeo, is, vel anticipor,
+aris, habet præteritum, <em>saĩ guitta</em>, &amp; gerundium in do,
+<em>saĩ guitte</em>.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "verb_adhuc">
+De verbo adhuc, &amp; de eius formatione &amp; differentijs.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+In ista lingua sunt verba actiua simplicia; &amp; actiua etiam faciendi
+facere, passiua etiam, neutra, &amp; impersonalia. Omnia verò
+coniugantur per tres coniugationes supra positas secundum quod eorum
+radices iam dispositæ &amp; ex illis verba formata, terminantur.</p>
+
+<p>
+Ex aliquibus nominibus adiectiuis aliqua procedunt verba: v.g.
+<em>catài</em>, est durus, a, um, ex quo exeunt, <em>catàme</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, induro, as, actiuum, <em>catamari</em>, <em>u</em>,
+induresco, is, neutrum, &amp; <em>catameràre</em>, <em>uru</em>,
+induror, aris, passiuum, ex <em>canaxij</em>, adiectiuo quod est
+tristis, e, exit, <em>canaximi</em>, <em>u</em>, quod est tristor,
+aris.</p>
+
+<p>
+Verba faciendi facere, formantur istis particulis, <em>sàxe</em>, vel,
+<em>xe</em>, prima postponitur radicibus secundæ coniugationis; secunda
+verò radicibus secundæ, &amp; tertiæ, fiunt autem postpositis
+præsentibus negatiuis, auferendo <em>nu</em>, in quo finiuntur &amp;
+ponendo loco eius prædictas particulas: v.g. <em>ãguesaxe</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, offere facio, is, <em>iomaxe</em>, <em>uru</em>, legere
+facio, is: <em>narauàxe</em>, <em>uru</em>, discere facio, is, &amp;
+omnia remanent secundæ cõiugationis quia particulæ finiuntur in,
+<em>e</em>; aliquando etiam, &amp;si raro, solet postponi particula,
+<em>saxe</em>, verbis secundæ, &amp; tertiæ coniugationis, sed tunc
+ornantur seu honorantur prædicta verba cum particula, <em>rare</em>,
+v.g. <em>iomasàxe rare</em>, <em>uru</em>, <em>Padre ua dòjucùni
+cathecismo vo narauasaxeraruru</em>, Pater iubet suo ministro vt discat
+catechismum,
+<span class = "pagenum">38</span>
+<em>mòno no fòn vo fito ni iòmasaxerarùru</em>, facit legere
+originale.</p>
+
+<p>
+Verba passiua fiunt particulis, <em>rare</em>, &amp; <em>re</em>,
+particula, <em>rare</em>, iungitur actiuis secundæ coniugationis modo
+iam dicto tollendo scilicet, <em>nu</em>, a negatiuo: v.g.
+<em>ãguerare</em>, <em>uru</em>, offeror, eris, <em>iomare</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, legor, eris, <em>naravare</em>, <em>uru</em>, discor,
+eris, his vtuntur in sensu passiuo legi ab alio, vel esse, aut non esse
+legibile: v.g. sunt etiam alia passiua quæ procedunt ex neutris vel ex
+habentibus significationem neutralem, quæ quidem formantur cum
+particulis, <em>rare</em>, &amp;, <em>re</em>, formata tamen non regunt
+casus cõmunes passiuorum (de quibus infra) sed verborum ex quibus
+procedunt: v.g. ex, <em>ãgari</em>, <em>u</em>, procedit,
+<em>ãgarare</em>, <em>uru</em>, &amp; quia, <em>ãgari</em>, <em>u</em>,
+quod significat ascendo, is, regit accusatiuum, etiam illum regit,
+<em>ãgarare</em>, <em>uru</em>, v.g. <em>còno iamaie ãgararenu</em>, non
+potest ascendi ad istum montem vel iste mons non est ascendibilis,
+<em>xiròcara derarenu</em>, non potest exiri ex castello, <em>Xebóte
+irarènu</em>, nõ potest intrari quia strictum seu angustum, <em>còno
+michi va arucarenu</em>, non potest ambulari hæc via, <em>natçu vacòco
+ni irare mai</em>, non erit hoc habitabile tempore veris, <em>còno fũdẽ
+de va cacarenu</em>, non potest scribi isto calamo, <em>fimãga nóte
+cacarenanda</em>, non potuit scribi ex defectu temporis, <em>cònobùn ni
+còso cacaruru mòno de gozare</em>, hoc sane modo bene scribitur,
+<em>axĩga itóte aru carenu</em>, non potest ambulari dolentibus pedibus:
+omnia ergo verba passiua sunt secundæ: verba neutra sunt quæ habent
+significationem neutralem: v.g. aperiri per se &amp; non ab alio: v.g.
+<em>ivõgatoruru</em>, pisces capiuntur, <em>cajẽga torùru</em>, ventus
+cessat, <em>itõga qiruru</em>, filum rumpitur, <em>jĩga iomùru</em>,
+litera benè legitur, <em>aqi</em>, <em>u</em>, aperior, iris,
+<em>qiri</em>, <em>u</em>, est scindo, is, actiuum, <em>qirare</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, est scindor, eris, passiuum, <em>qire</em>, <em>uru</em>,
+est scindor, eris, neutraliter est etiam quando gladius bene scindit
+quia est acutus, <em>qiraxe</em>, <em>uru</em>, est verbum faciendi
+facere quod significat scindere facio, is, <em>ãgue</em>, <em>uru</em>,
+est leuo, as, <em>ãguerare</em>, <em>uru</em>, leuor, aris, passiuum,
+<em>ãgue saxe</em>, <em>uru</em>, leuare facio, is, <em>ãgari</em>,
+<em>u</em>, leuor, aris, neutrum, <em>ãgarare</em>, <em>uru</em>, esse
+ascendibile, <em>ãgaraxe</em>, <em>uru</em>, leuari facio, is, vel quod
+se leuet facio, facis: si verò illis adiungantur particulæ honoris (de
+quibus infra) faciunt alias combinationes: adiectiua verò quando
+coniungantur habent significationem neutralem: v.g. <em>fidarui</em>,
+esurio, is, <em>fucacatta</em>, fuit profundum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Verba impersonalia non nominant, neque exprimunt personam:
+<span class = "pagenum">39</span>
+v.g. <em>mi uo fatasu tomò itçuvari vo iuanu mono gia</em>, etiam si
+quis moriatur non debet mendacium dicere, <em>mòno mò tabezu saqe mo
+nomaĩde ichinichi fataraqu mòno ca?</em> potest ne laborari per totum
+diem integrum nihil comedendo &amp; non bibendo vinum? <em>Xujin nò maiẽ
+de sòno ióna còto vò iú mono ca?</em> possunt ne dici huiusmodi coram
+Domino? Quoad coniugationes verò sequuntur regulas radicum quibus
+efficiuntur.</p>
+
+<p>
+Radices omnium verborum cuiuscumque sint coniugationis, possunt adhuc
+extrahi &amp; deduci ad alias coniugationes si illis superaddantur
+particulæ honoris, secundum literas, in quibus prædictæ particulæ
+honoris finiuntur, particulæ verò sunt <em>maraxi</em>, <em>uru
+ari</em>, <em>u saxerare uru</em>, <em>xerare uru</em>, <em>nasare
+uru</em>, <em>saxemaxi u</em>, <em>tamai ó</em>, <em>rare</em>,
+<em>re</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>maraxi</em>, non addit honorem rei de qua loquimur; sed
+loquimur honorate attendendo ad personam coram qua loquimur: v.g.
+<em>cui</em> <em>ú</em>, significat id quod comedo, is, seruus autem
+coram Domino non dicet, <em>nèzumi gacúta</em>, mures comederunt caseum:
+v.g. sed, <em>nèzumĩga cùi maraxita</em>, notandum etiam quod
+<em>cui</em> <em>ú</em>, secundum se est tertiæ coniugationis quia
+finitur radix in, <em>vi</em>, addito verò, <em>maraxi</em>, redditur
+primæ: quando referimus aliquid de aliqua natione verbum non honoramus;
+sed solùm attendimus ad personam cum qua loquimur ad addendum illi vel
+non particulam seu verbum, <em>maraxi</em>, <em>uru</em>, v.g. coram
+inferiori dicemus, <em>Nan ban jin va còre vo cuvanu</em>, coram persona
+verò nobili dicemus, <em>Nan ban jin va core vo <ins class = "edcorr"
+title = "corrected by author from ‘cuvanu’">cui maraxenu</ins></em>,
+Europei hoc non manducant, <em>Ari</em>, <em>u</em>, postponitur
+radicibus omnium verborum; &amp; illa honore afficit mediocri: v.g.
+<em>mõdorarió ca?</em> reuerteris ne? Si verò anteponatur illis sic
+constitutis, <em>vo</em>, honorantur verba satis: v.g. <em>vomõdori
+arõca?</em> reuertetur ne vestra dominatio? <em>Tono sama vo xini atta
+toqi</em>, quando dominus mortuus est, <em>Deus cono xecai uo gosacu
+atta</em>, Deus creauit hunc mundum, his particulis vtimur loquendo cum
+personis honoratis quas diligimus, &amp; cum quibus habemus
+amicitiam.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>nasare uru</em>, honorem supremum, aut satis magnũ dat
+verbis; postponitur verò eorum radicibus: v.g. <em>Deus cono xecai uo go
+sacu nasareta</em>, Deus creauit hunc mundum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particulæ, <em>rare</em>, &amp; <em>re</em>, honorem quidem præstant
+significatis, verborum, quibus adduntur; sed mediocrem; &amp; non
+magnum: postponitur autem, <em>rare</em>, &amp; præcipuè si loquamur de
+<span class = "pagenum">40</span>
+absentibus, præsentibus negatiuis ablato, <em>nu</em>, &amp;
+constituendo particulam prædictam eius loco: v.g. <em>ãgue rare</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, est offero, rs, quando offerens est persona mediocris
+honoris &amp; reuerentiæ coincidũt cum passiuis in literis; sed casibus
+quos regunt, distinguuntur: particula, <em>re</em>, postponitur verbis
+secundæ &amp; tertiæ eodem modo: v.g. <em>iomàre</em>, <em>uru</em>,
+<em>naravàre</em>, <em>uru</em>, legere &amp; discere personam boni
+nominis, hoc modo loquimur de æqualibus &amp; seruus etiam de domino
+suo, non cum conseruis; sed cum gente nobili.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particulæ, <em>sàxe maxi</em>, &amp;, <em>xemaxi</em>, eundem tribuunt
+honorem quem, <em>àri</em>, <em>u</em>, &amp; quem, <em>rare</em>, &amp;
+<em>re</em>, postponitur, <em>saxe màxi</em>, <em>u</em>, radicibus
+secundæ, vel præsenti negatiuo, ablato <em>nu</em>, &amp; constituto,
+<em>saxe màxi</em>, <em>u</em>, loco eius: v.g. <em>ãguesaxe màsu</em>,
+offert, <em>maxi</em>, <em>u</em>, vero postponitur negatiuis secundæ
+&amp; tertiæ, ablato, <em>nu</em>, v.g. <em>iomaxemàsu</em>, legit,
+<em>naravaxe màsu</em>, discit.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particulæ, <em>saxe rare</em>, <em>uru</em>, <em>xeràre</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, magnum tribuunt honorem, prima postponitur præsenti
+negatiuo verborum secundæ coniugationis, ablato, <em>nu</em>, secunda
+verò postponitur negatiuis secundæ &amp; tertiae eodem modo: v.g.
+<em>ãgue saxe raruru</em>, offero, rs, <em>iomaxe rarùru</em>, lego, is,
+<em>naravaxe rarùru</em>, disco, is, quia vero hæc coincidunt in literis
+cum verbis faciendi facere honoratis; ad tollendam æquiuocationem,
+vtimur particula, <em>ari</em>, <em>u</em>, anteposita, <em>vo</em>,
+verbis: v.g. <em>yomaxe aru</em>, lego, is, <em>nara vaxe aru</em>,
+disco.</p>
+
+<p>
+Verba passiua, de quibus infra, possunt admittere particulam, <em>saxe
+rare</em>, <em>uru</em>, v.g. <em>via mavare saxe raruru</em>, honoror,
+aris.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>tamai</em>, <em>ó</em>, tribuit supremum honorem: illa
+vtimur loquendo de Deo, sanctis, regibus, &amp; imperatoribus.
+postponitur vero radicibus verborum, quæ efficit tertiæ coniugationis.
+postponitur etiam radicibus passiuorum loquendo de Deo: v.g. <em>Deus
+filio, vmare tamò tòqi</em>, quando Dei filius natus est, <em>Deus
+ãgamerare tamo</em>, Deus honoratur.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>tate matçuri</em>, <em>u</em>, humiliat significatum
+verbi cui adiungitur: postponitur autem radicibus verborum
+affirmatiuorum: v.g. <em>Deus vo gotaixetni zonji tate matçuru còtova
+ichi sũgureta jèn gia</em>, amare Deum est suprema virtus: <ins class =
+"edcorr" title = "corrected by author from ‘amittit’">admittit</ins>
+tamen hæc particula honorem à particula, <em>re</em>, mutato <em>e</em>,
+in quo finitur in, <em>a</em>, v.g. loquendo de sanctis respectu Dei
+dicemus <em>Sancto</em>
+<span class = "pagenum">41</span>
+<span class = "folionum">F</span>
+<em>Domingo, Deus vo gotaixèt ni zonji tatematçurareta</em>, Sanctus
+Dominicus dilexit Deum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula etiam, <em>màráxi</em>, potest ad honorem eleuari particula,
+<em>rare</em>, v.g. <em>tòno iòri cònó còto vo Padre ni vatàxi mai
+raxerareta</em>, Dominus tradidit hanc rem patri.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "verb_honor">
+De aliquibus verbis quæ de se habent honorem determinatum.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<em>Mesare</em>, <em>uru</em>, significat facere quamcumque actionem
+quam potest, &amp; est decens facere personam nobilem, vt est comedere,
+bibere, nauigare, <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘equm’">equum</ins> ascendere &amp;c. <em>vôxerare</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, significat loqui personam nobilem, <em>uomaraxi</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, <em>vomaraxi</em>, <em>ari</em>, <em>u</em>, significat
+dare personam nobilem, <em>uoxe</em>, <em>uru</em>, &amp;,
+<em>uôxe arĩ</em>, <em>u</em>, significat loqui vel præcipere
+personam mediocrem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Verba quibus anteponuntur, <em>uôxe</em>, vel, <em>mexi</em>, eundem
+habent honorem cum illis; &amp; absque illis: v.g. <em>uôxe
+tçuqerare</em>, <em>uru</em>, quod est præcipio, is, &amp;, <em>mèxi
+tçuca uare</em>, <em>uru</em>, quod est seruio, is, est idem quod,
+<em>tçuqerare</em>, <em>uru</em>, &amp;, <em>tçuca uare</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, ad vocandum imperatiue dicimus, <em>coi</em>, seruo vel
+inferiori, <em>iòrài</em>, dicitur non tam inferiori, <em>uaxèi</em>,
+est aliquantulum melius, <em>úogiare</em>, est superior modus vocandi,
+<em>gòzare</em>, veniat vestra dominatio, <em>gozaro</em>, vero in
+tempore futuri est honorabilior modus quia est sine imperio, <em>uoĩde
+nasarei</em>, vel, <em>uoĩde nasareô</em>, vel, <em>uoĩde nasarei
+caxi!</em> est veniat vestra dominatio: vel, ò si veniat vestra
+dominatio! <em>cudasare</em>, <em>uru</em>, significat dare personam
+nobilem, <em>tamauari</em>, <em>u</em>, dare personam nobilem inferiori,
+<em>tamóri</em>, <em>u</em>, dare personam mediocrem, <em>mizzu uo
+nomaxète tamore</em>, da mihi bibere aquam, <em>cudasare</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, &amp; <em>tamóri</em>, <em>u</em>, significat comedere
+personam humilem cibum honorando: <em>còxi mexi</em>, <em>u</em>, &amp;,
+<em>qicoximexi</em>, <em>u</em>, est comedere, vel audire personam
+nobilem, <em>uoboxi mexi</em>, <em>u</em>, &amp;, <em>uoboxi
+mesare</em>, <em>uru</em>, cogitare personam nobilem, <em>saxerare</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, facere <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘persoram’">personam</ins> nobilem &amp; idem
+<em>nasare</em>, <em>uru</em>, <em>asobaxi</em>, <em>u</em>,
+&amp;, <em>asobasare</em>, <em>ĩuru</em>, significat facere personam
+nobilem quidquid illi est decens: v.g. venari, scribere legere,
+recitare, <em>ii</em>, <em>ú</em>, est loqui <ins class = "mycorr"
+title = "text reads ‘hnmiliando’">humiliando</ins> loquentem, &amp;
+rem de qua loquitur, &amp;, <em>mexi</em>, <em>u</em>, significat etiam
+<span class = "pagenum">42</span>
+loqui honorando personam, &amp; rem de qua: vnde non recte dicam <em>mi
+ni móxe</em>, dic mihi; sed, <em>mi ni iie</em>, neque dicam, <em>tono
+ni iie</em> dic domino, sed, <em>tòno ni mòxe</em>: <em>mairi</em>,
+<em>u</em>, <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘siguificat’">significat</ins> ire ad locum cui honor
+debetur: v.g. <em>iglesia ie maire</em>, eas Ecclesiam, <em>cùre</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, &amp;, <em>toràxe</em>, <em>uru</em>, significat dare,
+humiliando personam cui datur, <em>cui</em>, <em>ǔ</em>, est comedere
+sine aliquo respectu, <em>mexi</em>, <em>u</em>, est etiam comedere;
+sed est vrbanum: v.g. coram honestis non dicam, <em>mèxi uo cùi
+maraxita</em>; sed, <em>mèxi uo tabe maraxità</em>, comedi,
+<em>mairi</em>, <em>u</em>, vel, <em>uomairari</em> <em>u</em>,
+est comedere personam nobilem vel mediocrem, <em>ãgara xerare</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, &amp;, <em>uoãgari ari</em>, <em>u</em>, est modus
+nobilior, <em>qiqi</em>, <em>u</em>, est audire vt cumque;
+<em><ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘uqe taam uari’">uqe tamauari</ins></em>,
+<em>u</em>, vero &amp;, <em>uqetamóri</em>, <em>u</em>,
+est audire honorando personam <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘àqua’">à qua</ins> auditur: v.g.
+<em>goiqen uo uqetamòtta</em>, vestra consilia audiui, <em>móxi
+ãgue</em>, <em>uru</em>, est loqui humiliando se loquentem, &amp;
+honorando personam cui dicitur, <em>móxi ire</em>, <em>uru</em>, loqui
+inter æquales, <em>chómon xi</em>, <em>uru</em>, audire sermones Dei,
+<em>gorànji</em>, <em>zuru</em>: vel, <em>goranjerare</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, est aspicere rem nobilem, <em>xi</em>, <em>uru</em>, est
+facere in communi, <em>itaxi</em>, <em>u</em>, est facere; sed dicitur
+modo vrbano, <em>tçucamatçuri</em>, <em>u</em>, est facere, humiliando
+se qui facit.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "advert">
+Aduertentiæ circa coniugationes verborum.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Anteposita particula, <em>nama</em>, omnibus verbis inquocumque tempore;
+significant actionem màle &amp; non perfectè: v.g. <em>nàma aró</em>,
+màle lauo, <em>namaiaqu</em>, male asso.</p>
+
+<p>
+Antepositis particulis, <em>tçui</em>, <em>cai</em>, <em>uchi</em>,
+<em>fàxe</em>, <em>uoi</em>, <em>ai</em>, <em>tòri</em>, verbis; non
+mutant significationem; aliquam tamen energiam, &amp; efficaciam
+significatis tribuunt: v.g. idem est, <em>uchi còbosu</em>, quod,
+<em>cõbòsu</em>, effundo, <em>faxe noboru</em>, quod, <em><ins class =
+"edcorr" title = "corrected by author from ‘nobròu’">noboru</ins></em>,
+ascendo, is, <em>uòxi còmi</em>, <em>u</em>: quod, <em>còmi</em>,
+<em>u</em>, includo, is, <em>ai ca uari</em>, <em>u</em>, idẽ est, quod,
+<em>cauaru</em>, transmutor, aris, <em>tçuimauari</em>, <em>u</em>, idem
+est quod, <em>ma uari</em>, <em>u</em>, circuo, is, &amp;, <em>tòri
+firõgue</em>, <em>uru</em>, idem quod <em>firõgue</em>, <em>uru</em>,
+extendo,&nbsp;is.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>qitte</em>, est gerundium in, <em>do</em>, verbi,
+<em>qiri</em>, <em>u</em>, &amp; postposita aliquibus radicibus
+verborum, magnam efficaciam illis tribuit: v.g. <em>tanomiqitte</em>,
+magnis præcibus obsecrando,
+<span class = "pagenum">43</span>
+<span class = "folionum">F2</span>
+<em>uomòi qìtte</em>, magnam assumendo resolutionẽ: vtimur etiam verbis,
+<em>tanomi qiri</em>, <em>u</em>, &amp;, <em>uomoiqiri</em>,
+<em>u</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Anteposita particula, <em>ma</em>, aliquibus nominibus seu verbis dat
+significato vigorem: v.g. <em>mamucài</em>, valde præsens,
+<em>macuròi</em>, valde nigrum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula seu radix verbi, <em>macàri</em>, <em>u</em>, anteposita
+verbis significantibus motum facit verba modesta, &amp; vrbana satis:
+v.g. <em>macari noboru</em>, ascendo, is, <em>macari cũdari</em>,
+<em>u</em>, descendo, is, <em>macari i</em>, <em>iru</em>, ad
+sum:&nbsp;es.</p>
+
+<p>
+<ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘Anteposita particula, _na_’">Postposita
+particula <em>va</em></ins>, in oratione confirmat id quod antea dixerat
+quasi gloriando se illud prædixisse: v.g. <em>fune ua cuchi notçu ie iru
+uà</em>, nauigium intrat, <em>cuchinotçu</em>, ac si dicat, nonne ego
+bene dicebam? <em>aru ua</em>, vide si est sicut ego dixi!</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>aĩdani</em>, significat inter, idest tempus quod in
+aliqua actione consumitur: v.g. <em>ãgura aĩdani</em>, inter offerendum,
+vel dum offert, <em>iôda aĩdani</em>, dum legit, <em>narauózuru
+aĩdani</em>, dum discet.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>ga</em>, significat, sed: v.g. <em>sóiú ga; nanto aró
+ca?</em> sic dicunt; sed quomodo erit vel si erit <ins class = "mycorr"
+title = "text reads ‘næscio’">nescio</ins> certe, <em>fùri ua fùru
+maĩga, fune uo dasu còto naró ca xiranu</em>, profecto non pluet; sed
+<ins class = "mycorr" title = "text reads ‘næscio’">nescio</ins> vtrum
+poterit extrahi nauigium, <em>sono qinpenni ua gozaru maĩga; dòco cara
+toraxerarùru zo?</em> non erunt apud vicinos vel in circuitu, vnde ergo
+afferunt?</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>gotòqu</em>, postposita præsentibus, præteritis &amp;
+futuris significat, eo modo quo: v.g. <em>coxiraiùrũ gotòqu</em>, sicut,
+vel eo modo, quo ornas vel perficis, <em>qiita gotòqu</em>, sicut
+audiui, aliquando est, <em>gã gotòqu</em>, v.g. <em>móxitã gã
+gotoqu</em>, sicut dixit, <em>caraca uózú gotòqu</em>, comodo quo
+contendam vel rixabor idem facit particula, <em>ioni</em>, v.g.
+<em>Nifon no catãgui uo xirareta ioni, uôxerarùru</em>, loquitur sicut
+qui scit consuetudines Iaponiæ, <em>mósu ióni</em>, sicut dico, vtuntur
+etiam particula, <em>furi</em>, ad eundem finem v.g. <em>Toza no chijòcu
+uo nogareô zuru tameni catana uo saita fùri uo mixerareta</em>, ostendit
+se accinctum gladio, vt euaderet imminens infamiæ periculum, <em>minu
+furi uo saxerareta</em>, ostendit se non vidisse.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>saie</em>, vtuntur ad significandum nec dum: v.g. <em>mma
+saie nacatta</em>, equi nec dum fuerũt, <em>cotõba saie xiranu
+mòno</em>, neque loqui scit, <em>ji saie mixiranu mòno</em>, nec dum
+literas cognoscit vtuntur etiam eadem particula ad exaggerandum aliquid
+<span class = "pagenum">44</span>
+v.g. <em>qĩden to saie moxẽba</em>, sufficeret si diceres te esse,
+<em>Padre no tçucauarùru to saie, móxẽba</em>, si dixisset solùm quod
+patri seruiebat: ac si diceret: hoc sufficeret vt &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>qere</em>, est confirmatio &amp; terminatio orationis,
+&amp; significat; itaque: v.g. <em>maitta qere</em>, venit itaque,
+<em>sate sóáru qere</em>, res denique sic se habet.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>còso</em>, est magni momenti inter Iapones vtuntur enim
+illa in primis in sensu aduersatiuo: v.g. <em>còre còso ió gozare</em>,
+hoc est verè bonum: si oratio inqua inuenitur prædicta particula
+finiatur in verbo, tale verbum finitur in, <em>e</em>, vt in oratione
+posita: si autem verbum sit in tempore præterito additur illi,
+<em>re</em>, v.g. <em>iô còso gozatta re!</em> bene veneris! deficit hæc
+regula vel quando oratio non finitur in verbo aut adiectiuo: v.g.
+<em>còre còso xixó yô</em>, hic est verus magister: vel quando post
+particulam, <em>còso</em>, est in oratione gerundium finitum in,
+<em>te</em>, vel permissiuum cum particula, <em>tomò</em>, aut præterita
+potentialia finita in, <em>tçurǒ</em>, vel, <em>zzuró</em>, v.g.
+<em>uare coso iro iro xinro tçùcamatçùtte cutatireba tòxiiórini nari
+maraxita</em>, patiendo multos &amp; diuersos labores vere factus sum
+senex defessus, &amp; lassus, <em>uare còso corosarùru tomo</em>, ego
+enim &amp; si occidar &amp;c. <em>fara còso tattçuro</em> <ins class =
+"mycorr" title = "text reads ‘forsam’">forsan</ins> fuit iratus,
+<em>sato chicaqerẽba coso fĩga miiure</em>, videtur iam ignis quia prope
+est vicus: hæc oratio finitur in <em>e</em>, quia non est in ea regulæ
+exceptio, <em>uôxerarèta coto domo uo go côquaĩ de cosõ gozarózure</em>,
+absque dubio facietis pœnitentiam de ijs quæ dixistis, <em>cataji qenò
+cosõ gozare</em>, tibi valde congratulor &amp; gratias ago: quando
+aliquis interrogat quis fecit hoc? respondent: v.g. <em>Patre coso</em>,
+Pater fecit: ac si dicant: videte si est persona quæcumque, quæ illud
+fecit? &amp; quando quis responsum non audiuit aut percepit, &amp;
+iterum interrogat, dicit qui <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘loqutus’">loquutus</ins> est, <em>juan coso</em>,
+iam dixi, quod Ioannes &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando non curat quis <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘deijs’">de ijs</ins> quæ illi dixerunt, vel habet se ac si
+non audisset vel iterum interrogat, solent respondere: v.g. <em>touoru
+na toiiẽba</em>, iam dixi tibi ne transeas, <em>iome to iiẽba</em>, iam
+dixi tibi quòd legas, <em>Padre coso to iieba</em>, iam dixi quod pater
+est qui &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Maieni</em>, vel, <em>saqini</em>, postpositum præsentibus
+negatiuis, facit illa affirmatiua: v.g. <em>iglesiaie mairanu maie
+ni</em>, antequam eat Ecclesiam: etiam solet postponi futuris
+affirmatiuis: v.g. <em>maìrozuru tote nosaqi ni</em>, tantisper antequam
+veniret.</p>
+<span class = "pagenum">45</span>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>tocoro</em>, significat tempus in quo fit actio
+significata per uerbũ cui postponitur: <em>taburu tocoro ni</em>, quãdo
+comedebã, <em>tabeta tocoroni</em>, post prandium, <em>tabeôzuru tocorõ
+ni</em>, vel, <em>tabeôzuru ni</em>, quando eram comesturus: facit etiam
+eadem particula reduplicatiua denotando reduplicationem in quantum: v.g.
+<em>jesu christo humanidad no uon tocoro ua</em>, Iesus Christus in
+quantum homo, <em>uonorẽga foxxezaru tocoro uo fõdocosu coto
+nacare</em>, quod tibi non vis, alteri ne facias, <em>fũdai no tocoro uo
+uo iurùsu</em>, dono illi libertatem, <em>fito no acu no tocoro ni ua
+dôxin xenu</em>, non consentio hominum peccatis, <em>utagǒ tocoro mo
+nai</em>, non remanet locus dubij vel dubitandi, <em>nocoru tocoro mo
+nai</em>, nihil amplius restat, <em>tçuini, sòno tocòro ie mairózu</em>,
+denique ad hoc peruenit, <em>fùmbet ni voiobanu tocoro gia</em>, res
+sunt quæ non intelliguntur, vel ad quas intellectus non peruenit,
+<em>nani mo naì tocoro vo iô qìcòximexe</em>, comedat vestra dominatio
+ex hac paruitate, quæ est nihil: exemplis cognoscetur vis
+significationis.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particulæ, <em>tocòro</em>, <em>Made</em>, vel, <em>made de gozaru</em>,
+solent postponi ad cadentiam; absque aliqua significatione, &amp; idem
+est, <em>còto de gozaru</em>, v.g. <em>naranu made</em>, vel <em>naranu
+còto de gozaru</em>, est idem quod, <em>naranu</em>, non est possibile,
+<em>guijèt tçucamatçuro to zonzuru còto va cacũgo ita sanu coto
+gia</em>, amicitiam frangere neque in mentem mihi venit, hic,
+<em>itasanu coto gia</em>, est idem quod, <em>itasanu</em>, solum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula verò, <em>madeiò</em>, vtuntur aliquando ad confirmationem
+eorum, quæ dicunt: v.g. <em>caita madeio</em>, quod scripsi scripsi.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>toqi</em>, postposita præsentibus, illa facit præterita
+imperfecta: v.g. <em>jennìn tachi va saĩgo ni voiobi tamó tòqi va buji
+nĩ gozatta</em>, quando sancti perueniebant ad mortis horam erãt
+pacifici &amp; quieti.</p>
+
+<p>
+Conuertendo, <em>ta</em>, præteritorum in, <em>tçu</em>; &amp;,
+<em>da</em>, negatiuorum in, <em>zzu</em>, fit sensus; modo facio hoc;
+modo illud: v.g. <em>mòno vo caitçu, iôzzu, nando xite curasu bacari
+gia</em>, legendo, &amp; scribendo, &amp; alia faciendo, transigo vitam,
+<em>tattçu itçu vocu iori zaxiqi ie ĩde zaxiqi iori vocu ie iri xitten
+battò xeraruru</em>, stando &amp; sedendo: intrando, &amp; exeundo,
+surgit &amp; cadit: eumdem sensum facit particula, <em>ri</em>,
+postposita præteritis: v.g. <em>xeqen nò mòno va netari voqitari nôdari
+curasu bacari gia</em>, homines mũdi,
+<span class = "pagenum">46</span>
+vitam <ins class = "mycorr" title = "text reads ‘agnut’">agunt</ins>
+dormiendo, surgendo, &amp; bibendo, <em>mazzu ite ni ua uo mo
+facaxetari, cusa vo mo ficaxetari iroiro no xĩgoto vo atẽgote cosó
+mairozure</em>, ibo &amp; atrium verrere faciam, &amp; herbas euellere,
+&amp; denique ibo ad multa disponenda, <em>ima còno io fuqe iuqẽba nome
+ia, vtaie ia fitó bìbo mõtçu, vtotçu sacamori suru</em>, cum iam sit
+alta nox prouocando se ad bibendum &amp; cantandum lætantur homines
+saltando &amp; cantando &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>ie</em>, quæ est radix verbi, <em>ie iuru</em>, quod est
+possum, es, anteposita negatiuis significat non posse facere actionem
+significatam per verbum: v.g. <em>ie iomanu</em>, non possum legere,
+infinitiuis vero postponitur: v.g. <em>iomu còto voienu</em>, non possum
+legere: dicitur etiã <em>iomi va ieĩde</em>, vel <em>iomi mò ieĩde</em>,
+cum legere non possim aut legere non valendo. Infinitiuum gerit vices
+aliquando suppositi verbi: v.g. <em>xinuru cotova vosoròxij</em>,
+terribile est mori.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>tai</em>, quæ significat volo, is, postposita radicibus
+verborum significat velle facere actionem significatam per verbum: v.g.
+<em>mizzu vo nòmi tai</em>, desidero aquam bibere, idem, <em>mizzu uo
+nomi tõ gozaru</em>, vel, <em>mizzu uo nomi tõ zonzuru</em>, sed istæ
+duæ vltimæ sunt nobiliores, &amp; quibus coram nobilibus vtimur negatiui
+exemplũ est, <em>tomo nai</em>, v.g. <em>mizzu uo nòmi tòmo nai</em>,
+nolo aquam bibere idem est, <em>mizzu uo nomi tomo gozaranu, mairi tó mo
+zonjenu</em>, non habeo animum eundi. Si verò particula, <em>tai</em>,
+postponitur adiectiuis vel verbis significantibus actionem sensitiuam in
+secunda persona, conuertit, <em>i</em>, in, <em>c</em>, &amp;
+postponitur verbum, <em>ari</em>, <em>u</em>, coniugatum secundum
+orationis exigentiam: v.g. <em>cui tacatta</em>, volui comedere. Si vero
+verbum loquatur de secunda, &amp; tertia persona conuertit particula,
+<em>i</em>, in, <em>g</em>, &amp; postponitur etiam, <em>ari</em>,
+<em>u</em>, vel cum honore secundum quòd persona meretur; vel sine
+particula honoris; sed absolute. Si vero sit persona inferior etiam si
+sit secunda vel tertia, <em>i</em>, conuertitur in, <em>c</em>, sicut
+dictum est de prima.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>de</em>, aliquando facit subiunctiui sensum adiuncta
+aliquibus nominibus substantiuis: v.g. <em>uarãbẽ de xinda</em>, mortuus
+est puer vel cum <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘ad huc’">adhuc</ins> esset puer, <em>uarẽga buchó fóde tofo
+mo gozanai</em>, cum ego sim negligens, &amp; non curiosus, nihil erit,
+eo modo quo conueniebat, aptatum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>iǒ</em>, quæ significat modum, potest poni radicibus
+verborum, &amp; ipsis etiam verbis: quando radicibus, regit genitiuum;
+<span class = "pagenum">47</span>
+quando vero verbis regit eorum casus: v.g. <em>cono qio uo iomi iǒv
+a</em>, modus loquendi hunc librum, vel, <em>cono qió uo iomu io
+ua</em>, in prima oratione, <em>qio</em>, est in genitiuo cum particula,
+<em>no</em>, in secunda autem est in accusatiuo cum, <em>uo</em>, quia
+illud regit, <em>iomu</em>: <em>tei</em>, significat modum
+extraordinarium &amp; admirationem causantem: v.g. <em>machicanuru tei
+uo goron jerarei</em>, videat vestra dominatio modum expectandi idest
+quo modo expectant: <em>arisama</em>, significat etiam modum: v.g.
+<em>me mo aterare nu arisama gia</em>, est modus &amp; figura quæ nec
+prospici potest.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Sama</em>, significat tempus quo fit actio verbi cui postponitur,
+regitque casum, quem verbum ex se petit, postponitur verò radicibus:
+v.g. <em>saqe uo nomi sama ni</em>, quando actualiter bibebat vinum,
+<em>iado ie caieri sama ni</em>, quando domum reuertebatur, <em>fùne
+iori ãgari sama ni</em>, quando actualiter exibat <ins class = "mycorr"
+title = "text reads ‘enauigio’">e nauigio</ins>, <em>funè ni nori sama
+ni</em>, quando <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘astualiter’">actualiter</ins> conscendebat nauim.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando in oratione fuerint duo verba quorum actio per modum vnius fit,
+primum verbum debet esse in gerundio in do: v.g. <em>mizzu uo motte
+coi</em>, porta aquam, vel veni aquam portans, <em>funè uo uoite
+coi</em>, affer hic nauim, vel remis nauim trahendo veni, <em>core uo
+totte iqe</em>, porta hoc, vel tollendo hoc vade.</p>
+
+<p>
+Gerundium in, <em>do</em>, adiunctum verbis, rogandi, dandi, aut gratiam
+faciendi significat rogare, vel petere rem significatam per verba quibus
+anteponitur: v.g. <em>nifon guchi uo uoxiiète cureio</em>, doce me
+linguam Iaponicam, <em>so uoxerarete cudasaruru na</em>, ne dicat hoc
+vestra dominatio, <em>Deus no coto uo catatte tamore</em>, facias mihi
+gratiam referendi res quæ ad deum pertinent.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>mo</em>, postposita gerundijs in, <em>do</em>, quæ in,
+<em>te</em>, vel, <em>de</em>, finiuntur significant, quamuis: v.g.
+<em>so moxite mo</em>, quamuis hoc dicas, <em>so iuaĩde mo</em>, quamuis
+hoc non dicas, <em>ica fõdo susu mẽte mo, corobu mai</em>, quantumcumque
+mihi persuadeas; fidem non abnegabo; etiam vtuntur hoc modo, <em>so
+moxẽba attemo</em>, etiam si hoc dicas, &amp; <em>doxitemo co
+xitemo</em>, quodcumque facias &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Si particula, <em>coso</em>, de qua supra, postponatur gerundio in,
+<em>do</em>, affirmatiuo, &amp; finiatur oratio in prædicta particula
+fit oratio negatiua: v.g. <em>mite coso</em>, nulla tenus vidi, <em>atte
+coso</em>, nullo modo est. Si vero oratio non finitur in, <em>coso</em>,
+est affirmatiua
+<span class = "pagenum">48</span>
+&amp; emphatica: v.g. <em>mite coso gozare</em>, vidi profecto: finitur
+verbum in, <em>e</em>, secundum regulam supra positam quando egimus de
+particula, <em>coso</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando verò gerundio in do negatiuo finito in, <em>e</em>, <ins class =
+"mycorr" title = "text reads ‘subsequntur’">subsequuntur</ins> vel,
+<em>ua</em>, vel, <em>naranu</em>, aut, <em>cana uanu</em>, dicit
+necessitatem, &amp; impossibilitatem ad contrarium: v.g. <em>mairaĩde
+cana uanu</em>, est necessarium ire, <em>iuaĩde uà nò còto narẽdomo,
+nànto xô ca?</em> &amp; si sit res quæ necessario debet dici; quid
+faciam? <em>xitãgauaĩde naranu</em>, est necessarium obedire; eundem
+etiam sensum, &amp;si non cum tanta vi, facit futurum infinitiui; tam
+affirmatiuum: quam negatiuum, adiuncto tamen illi subiunctiuo permissiuo
+cum, <em>dòmo</em>: v.g. <em>mairo còto de gozatta rẽdomò</em>, quamuis
+ire debuissem, <em>mairu mài querẽdomo</em>, quãuis non essem iturus,
+<em>mairo còto de gozanacattarẽdomò</em>, quamuis non debuissem ire:
+vtuntur etiam gerundio in do negatiuo ad significandum, nisi: v.g.
+<em>òracio uo mosaĩde cúna</em>, ne comedas nisi prius orationem
+feceris.</p>
+
+<p>
+Gerundium verò finitum in, <em>e</em>, significat actionem iam esse
+factam: v.g. <em>mèxi cúte còi</em>, venias post prandium, <em>còno
+qiõga caitẽ gozàru</em>, hic liber est scriptus, <em>chichi ni fùmi uo
+cacaĩde cuiaxiũgozaru</em>, pœnitet me non misisse Epistolam patri tuo,
+<em>còno qiõga caitẽ gozaranu</em>, non est scriptus hic liber.</p>
+
+<p>
+Postposita particula, <em>nagàra</em>, radicibus verborum, quando
+subsequitur verbum significans actionem repugnantem aut aduersatiuam,
+facit gerundium in, do: v.g. <em>Tõganin Deus iòri bàcutài no go uon, ò
+uqetate matçuri nagara; caiette somùqi tatematçuru</em>, peccatores
+recipiendo vel etiam si à Deo accipiant benefitia maxima, loco
+gratitudinis; ipsum potius offendunt, <em>jesu Cristo Deus de gozàri
+nagàrà, fito ni tàixitè cruzni càcaraxerareta</em>, Iesus Christus cũ
+esset Deus crucifixus est propter hominem: postponitur etiam,
+<em>nagàrà</em>, nominibus: v.g. <em>quantai nagarà</em>, quamuis sit
+inurbanitas, <em>sannin nagara</em>, tres simul, vel etiam si <ins class
+= "mycorr" title = "so in original">sintres</ins>, <em>aqiraca
+nagara</em>, quamuis sit clarum, hic, <em>aqiracana</em> amittit,
+<em>na</em>, &amp; sic in adiectiuis quæ finiuntur in <em>na</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Postposita particula, <em>iàsui</em>, radicibus verborum tam actiuorum;
+quam passiuorum facit illas supinum in, <em>tu</em>, v.g. <em>iòmi
+iasui</em>, facile lectu, <em>còrosare iasui</em>, facilis occisu, ad
+idem tendunt hi modi loquendi, <em>iúte uà <ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘uòsoròzij’">uosoroxij</ins></em>, est dictu
+tremendum,
+<span class = "pagenum">49</span>
+<span class = "folionum">G</span>
+<em>mite ua fuxĩguina</em>, est res admirabilis visu,
+<em>iú uo mò <ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘vosoroxi’">uosoroxij</ins></em>,
+est dictu tremendum.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "adverb_1">
+<span class = "extended">DE ADVERBII</span>S.</a><br>
+<br>
+Caput primum.</h4>
+
+<p>
+Ex adiectiuis finitis in, <em>ai</em>, fiunt aduerbia conuertendo,
+<em>ai</em>, in, <em>ó</em>, v.g. <em>fucǒ, </em>profundè, ex finitis in
+<em>oi</em>, conuertendo illud in, <em>ô</em>, v.g. <em>caxico</em>,
+prudenter, ex finitis in, <em>ei</em>, conuertendo illud in,
+<em>eô</em>, v.g. <em>xĩgueo</em>, frequenter, ex finitis in,
+<em>vi</em>, conuertendo illud in, <em>ú</em>, v.g. <em>aiau</em>,
+periculose, ex finitis in, <em>ij</em>, conuertendo illud in,
+<em>iú</em>, v.g. <em>cauaiú</em>, miserabiliter.</p>
+
+<p>
+Fiunt etiam alia aduerbia postposito, <em>te</em>, radicibus verborum
+v.g. <em>sàdamète</em>, determinate, vel probabiliter,
+<em>aràvarete</em>, manifeste &amp;c.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "adverb_loc">
+De aduerbijs locorum.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Octo sunt aduerbia interrogandi, <em>ĩzzucu</em>, <em>ĩzzucàta</em>,
+<em>donata</em>, <em>doco?</em> <em>dochi?</em> <em>dòchira?</em>
+<em>dòno tocòro</em>, <em>dòno fo?</em> &amp; <ins class = "edcorr"
+title = "corrected by author from ‘significat’">significant</ins> quem
+locum? postponuntur autem illis particulæ, <em>va</em>, <em>no</em>,
+<em>ni</em>, <em>ĩe</em>, <em>vo</em>, <em>cara</em>, &amp;
+<em>iori</em>, secundum casuum exigentiam: v.g. vnde? quo? quam? qua?
+vbi, &amp;c. postponi etiam illis potest, <em>màde</em>, quod significat
+terminum vsque: v.g. <em>docomade ie iqóca</em>, vsque quo ibis? &amp;
+quando vtcumque interrogatur, ponitur particula, <em>ca?</em> vel
+<em>zo</em>, &amp; melius, <em>zo</em>, quàm, <em>ca</em>, si in
+oratione sit aliqua particula interrogatiua: v.g. <em>ĩzzucu ie maitta
+zo</em>, quo iuisti, <em>dòno tocòro uo to uòtta zo</em>, quem locum
+transiuisti, <em>doco iori itta zo</em>, quà intrasti? <em>dòchi càra
+qita zo?</em> vnde venit? <em>donata uà Pedro no iãdo zo</em>, vbi est
+domus Petri? <em>dòconi uòru zo?</em> vbi vel in quo loco est?
+Respondetur multipliciter, <em>còno tòcoro</em>, <em>còto mòto</em>,
+<em>còre</em>, <em>conàta</em>, <em>còchi</em>, <em>còchira</em>,
+<em>còco</em>, <em>còco ra</em>, <em>còno cata</em>, <em>còno fò</em>,
+hic, <em>sòno tòcoro</em>, <em>soco moto</em>, <em>sòre</em>,
+<em>sònata</em>, <em>sòchi</em>, <em>sochira</em>, <em>sòco</em>,
+<em>socora</em>, <em>sòno càta</em>,
+<span class = "pagenum">50</span>
+<em>sono fo</em> istic, <em>ano tocòro</em>, <em>aso co mòto</em>,
+<em>are</em>, <em>anata</em>, <em>achi</em>, <em>àchira</em>,
+<em>asocò</em>, <em>àsocora</em>, <em>àno càta</em>, <em>ano fó</em>,
+significat: illic, postponuntur his aduerbijs particulæ casuales.
+Aduerbia interrogandi cum particulis casualibus &amp; postposito, <ins
+class = "mycorr" title = "not emphatic in text"><em>mo</em></ins>,
+significant vbicumque: v.g. vel quacumque, vel quocumque: v.g.
+<em>donotocòro ièmò tòuoro</em>, transibo quocumque, <em>doconimo</em>
+vbicumque, <em>dòco cara mo</em>, vndequaque. Si verò loco, <em>mo</em>,
+postponatur, <em>nàri tomo</em>, significat quemcumque locum diuisiue:
+v.g. <em>dòcoie nàri tomò mairo</em>, ibo ad quemcumque locum diuisiue:
+idem significat, <em><ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘doco’">coco</ins> zo</em>, cum eisdem
+particulis casualibus &amp; possunt poni inter, <em>doco</em>, &amp;,
+<em>zo</em>, v.g. <em>dòco ni zo àru fõdonĩ</em>, si quidem est in
+aliquo loco, <em>còco caxicò</em>, significat hic &amp; illic, <em>doco
+mo caxico mo</em>, significat omnem locum: particulæ casuales solent
+poni ante <em>mo</em>, v.g. <em>do còni mo caxico ni mo</em>, in omni
+loco, aduerbio verò antecedenti postponuntur v.g. <em>còco càxico
+ni</em>, hic &amp; illic, <em>còco caxico ie dòco</em>, <em>caxico
+iori</em> &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>vie</em>, significat supra; petit ante se suppositum in
+genitiuo: v.g. <em>fàndai no uie ni uoqe</em>, pone supra mensam,
+<em>còno uie uà gozàru mai</em>, non erit supra hoc: idest melius,
+<em>sono uie ni</em>, circa istud, <em>sòno, uie no sàta uo
+catàriare</em>, narra quæ circa hoc sunt, <em>còre ua ĩzzure iori mò uie
+de gozaru</em>, non inuenietur, quid hoc superius: idest hoc est
+supremum, <em>xita</em>, significat: infra: &amp; regit eosdem casus,
+quos præcedens: v.g. <em>fandai no xitani uòqe</em>, pone sub mensa,
+<em>micotõba no xita iori</em>, quando rex: v.g. finiuit loqui,
+<em>uoxita uo cudasarei</em>, det mihi vestra dominatio reliquias sui
+potus, quæ superauerunt.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>sòba</em>, significat, latus &amp; regit ante se
+genitiuum: v.g. <em>fito no sòba uò fanaruru</em>, separat se à latere
+alicuius.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Maie</em>, significat ante: &amp; regit ante se genitiuum: v.g.
+<em>fito no maie uo touoru</em>, transeo coram alio, <em>cacũgò no
+maie</em>, secundum dispositionem, <em>funbet no maie</em>, sicut credo
+vel cogito, vel iuxta sensum.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Mauari</em>, significat circum circa in giro: &amp; regit ante se
+genitiuum: v.g. <em>iglẽsia no ma uari ni tçuchi uo nãgue sutçuru
+na</em>, ne proijcias terram in circuitu Ecclesiæ.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Vchi</em>, significat intra, &amp; si ante se habet substantiuum
+debet esse in genitiuo: v.g. <em>iglesia no uchi</em>, intra Ecclesiam,
+<em>ano fito ua; fito no uchi de uanai</em>, ille homo non est inter
+homines, idest
+<span class = "pagenum">51</span>
+<span class = "folionum">G2</span>
+non est homo, <em>fùtacùchi cúta còto ua, cúta uchi deuanai</em>,
+comedisse duas buccellas, non est comedisse.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em><ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘Poca’">Foca</ins></em>, significat foras,
+vel extra: &amp; petit ante se genitiuum:
+v.g. <em>iglesiano foca ni</em>, extra Ecclesiam,
+<em>fòcaie iqe</em>, exi vel eas foras: aliquando loco particulæ
+genitiui, ponitur <em>iori</em>, v.g. <em>Deus uonãgo ichinin iori foca
+tçucùri tamauànu</em>, Deus non creauit nisi vnam mulierem; idest nullam
+formauit extra vnam, <em>Tèngu fito ni àcu uo susumùru iòri fòca uà,
+nài</em>, Dæmon nihil facit nisi persuadere peccata hominibus, <em>goxo
+uo tàsucàru tàme baptismo uo sazzucàru iòri fòca bechi no michĩ ga
+nai</em>, non est alia via ad saluandum hominem extra baptismum; idest,
+absque baptismo nemo potest saluari, <em>Deus no gracia iori foca</em>,
+absque dei gratia.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Naca</em>, significat medium in quantitatibus continuis vel
+discretis v.g. <em>qinò nàca ni</em>, in medio ligni, <em>fito no nàca
+ni</em>, in medio hominum.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Nacaba</em>, significat medium in rebus successiuis: &amp; vtrumque
+petit ante se genitiuum: v.g. <em>dangui no nàcaba ni</em>, in medio
+sermonis, <em>sòre uo qijte, nacabà uà uosore; nacàba ua aqirete
+ita</em> audiens istud, &amp; metuit &amp; expauit, idest medium tempus
+consumpsit timendo &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Ato</em>, significat retro, &amp; regit ante se genitiuum: v.g.
+<em>sonatà no àto càra mairo</em>, veniam post te, idest, te sequar.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Vàqi</em>, significat latus: et petit ante se genitiuum: v.g.
+<em>Pedro no uaqi</em>, ad latus Petri, <em>misa no uaqi</em>, finita
+missa, <em>còno uaqi</em> his diebus præteritis, omnia prædicta aduerbia
+requirunt post se casus quos petunt verba quibus subsequuntur.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "adverb_interr">
+Aduerbia ad causam interrogandum &amp; responendum.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Quare? vel qua de causa interrogatur multipliciter: v.g.
+<em>nàjeni</em>, <em>nàjoni</em>, <em>nàni xini?</em> <em>nàni tote
+cà?</em> <em>nàni no iuie ni?</em> <em>nànto xita coto ni?</em> <em>nani
+nò xisài ni iotte?</em> quomodo? dicitur, <em>nànto xite?</em> <em>nànto
+ioni icàni to xite?</em> Respondetur autem, quia vel ratio est: v.g.
+<em>sono iuie ua, nà jeni to iúni</em>, Quia, vero, etiam dicitur,
+<em>tocorõ de, fodoni, ni iotte, sacàini</em>, primum
+<span class = "pagenum">52</span>
+ex his tribus dicit multam causalitatem, secundum verò non tantam:
+tertium autem minorem.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Vie va</em>, significat: cum vel siquidem: v.g. <em>tõganai vie ua
+qĩzzucaĩ ga nai</em>, non timeo, quia, vel siquidem non habeo culpam,
+eundem sensum facit particula, <em>cara</em>, v.g. <em>caiõni irò vo
+misùru càra va; càcusu còto va irànu</em>, in vanum illud abscondere
+tentas, siquidem talem colorem ostendisti. Si quidem, quasi illatiuum
+significat, <em>tòqi va</em>, &amp;, <em>xicaru tòqi va</em>: <em>sari
+na garà</em>, significat, sed; <em>sàri tòte va</em>, significat, adhuc:
+<em>sàru tòte ua</em>, significat, siquidem res ita se habet: <em>sàrú
+tòte ua</em>, <em>qicoienu còto gja</em>, si ita est, intollerabile
+videtur.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "adverb_temp">
+Aduerbia temporis.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Quando interrogatur per, <em>itçu</em>, vel, <em>itçũgoro</em>, a quot
+diebus? interrogatur per, <em>icca sàqi</em>, vel, <em>icca maie</em>, a
+quot mensibus? interrogatur per, <em>icutçuqi saqi?</em> a quot annis
+interrogatur per <em>nànnèn maie</em>, solet addi, <em>ni</em>, quando
+verbum illud petit, &amp; semper in fine interrogationis ponitur,
+<em>ca</em>, vel, <em>zo</em>, &amp; melius, <em>zo?</em></p>
+
+<p>
+Respondetur: nunc, <em>ima</em>, vel, <em>tãda ima</em>, iam,
+<em>mo</em>, v.g. <em>moiqe</em>, eas iam, aliquoties dicitur, <em>tòqi
+ni iotte</em>, vel, <em>jibùn ni iotte</em>, postea dicitur,
+<em>nochi</em>, <em>sòre cara</em>, vel, <em>sòre iòri</em>, post istud,
+<em>còre càra</em>, vel, <em>còre iòri</em>, post hoc, <em>àre
+iòri</em>, vel, <em>àre càra</em>, post illud. Statim dicitur,
+<em>iãgate</em>, postea, vel deinceps dicitur, <em>ĩma iòri nóchi</em>,
+vel, <em>ima iori xite uà</em>, vel, <em>ima iori ĩgo</em>, vel,
+<em>jĩgònĩgo</em>: isto mane, dicitur <em>qèsa</em>, <em>connichi</em>,
+vel, <em>qio</em> hodie, <em>àsu</em>, vel, <em>miônichi</em>, cras,
+cras manè, <em>asa</em>, <em>àxitatô</em>, vel, <em>àsatòcu</em>, cras
+nocte, <em>miònia</em>, antea, <em>ijen</em>, vel <em>saqini</em>, heri
+<em>qinô</em>, vel, <em>sàcujit</em>, <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"so in original: ‘dies’?">nudius</ins> tertius, <em>uototoi</em>, vel
+<em>fùtçuca sàqĩ ni</em>, diebus præteritis <em>còno giu</em>, <em>còno
+fõdo</em>, vel, <em>xenjìt</em>, vice præterita: idem <em>xendo</em>:
+vice futura, <em>còndo</em>, ab hinc duobus diebus, <em>asàtte</em>, vel
+<em>miõgo nichi</em>, post tres dies, <em>xiasàtte</em>, vel <em>mió mió
+gonichi</em>, <em>qiônen</em>, vel, <em>còzo</em>, anno præterito, hoc
+anno, <em>còto xi</em>, a tribus iam annis, <em>vòto tòxi</em>, vel,
+<em>uotõdoxi</em>, ab hinc vero quatuor annis. <em>sanuruuotõdoxi</em>
+statim, <em>tàchi màqĩ</em>
+<span class = "pagenum">53</span>
+vel, <em>socuij ni</em>, <em>sunauàchi</em>, statim profecto,
+<em>tànteqi</em>, in illo momento.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Itçumade?</em> vsque quando? <em>itçu mademo</em>; semper, <em>itçu
+càra</em> a quo tempore, <em>itçu iori</em>, ex quo tempore?</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "adverb_neg">
+Aduerbia negandi.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<em>Iia</em>, vel, <em>iia</em>, significat non, <em>só deuanai</em>,
+non est ita, <em>iccana</em> vel, <em>iccanàgueni</em>, nullatenus,
+<em>iùme iùme</em>, neque per somnium, <em>sàrani</em>, vel,
+<em>ichiien</em>, <em>càtçutè</em>, vel, <em>càtçute mòtte</em>, nullo
+modo, <em>iò</em>, <em>iòmo</em>, vel, <em>iòmo iòmo</em>, neque
+cogitatione: v.g. <em>càtçute màiru mài</em>, nullatenus ibo, <em>iòmo
+sõ uà gozàru mài</em> neque in mentem venit quod ita erit; &amp; quando
+prædicta iunguntur affirmatiuis faciunt etiam sensum negatiuum, v.g.
+<em>iomo iòmo to mòxitarẽba uo màiri atta</em>, cum dixisses te non
+iturum: iuisti tamen, <em>io mairõ</em>, nullo modo&nbsp;ibo.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "adverb_aff">
+Aduerbia affirmandi.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<em>Nacanàca</em>, significat: ita est, <em>uõ</em>, significat: sic,
+assentiendo, <em>gueni</em>, vel, <em>gueni gueni</em>, sic se habet:
+v.g. <em>guèni guèni só mo aró</em>, absque dubio sic se habebit res,
+<em>chõdo</em>, significat, omnino, <em>saiòni</em>, <em>sòno bùn</em>,
+<em>sòno gotòqu</em>, <em>so de gozaru</em>, <em>sò re sóre</em>,
+<em>màsso gia</em>, <em>xicato</em>, significat: ita est,
+<em>mòttomò</em>, significat rationabiliter loquitur, <em>guioi nõ
+gotoqu</em>, sicut vestra credit vel dicit dominatio, <em>mòchi
+ron</em>, non cadit sub dubio seu disputatione, <em>nàcanàca nàru còto
+de gozaranu</em>, verè non est possibile, <em>nàcanàca no còto</em>, res
+est cui potest assentiri seu fides adhiberi, <em>ma còtoni</em>, verè,
+&amp; idem significat, <em>xinjit</em>, vel, <em>xinjit ni</em>, <em>xei
+mon</em>, iuramento confirmo, <em><ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘i asàca’">isasàca</ins></em>, vel, <em>isasàca mòtte</em>
+nec parum quidem, <em>issai</em>, vel <em>ixxet</em> nulla via, nullo
+modo, &amp; quando iunguntur affirmatiuis significant prorsus in omni
+euentu.</p>
+
+
+<span class = "pagenum">54</span>
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "adverb_comp">
+Adverbia comparatiua.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<em>Iori</em>, <em>iòri mò</em>, <em>iòri mo nà uo</em>, significat
+magis comparatiuè, persona quæ comparatur est in Nominatiuo; cui
+comparatur verò in ablatiuo cum aliqua ex prædictis particulis: v.g.
+<em>Pedro ua juan iòri mò gàcuxõ de gozaru</em>, Petrus est doctior
+Ioanne, <em>sòcoie nobòru iòri ua; mairanũgà màxi gia</em>, melius est
+non ire; quam ascendere isthuc: <em>gotòqu</em>, <em>màma</em>,
+<em>ioni</em>, sunt aduerbia similitudinis, &amp; petunt ante se
+genitiuum rei cui fit assimilatio: v.g. <em>Pedro nõ gotòqu</em>, sicut
+Petrus. Si verò antecedit verbum, non petunt genitiuum; v.g. <em>no iama
+ìe nari tomò qi tài màmani qite, nururẽba, nũgui suteraruru</em>, etiam
+si eant ad campum, &amp; montes se induunt, si volunt tali veste, &amp;
+illam exuunt <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘quado’">quando</ins> aqua madefit, <em>uomô màma ni</em>,
+vel, <em>uomô gotoqu</em> vel, <em>uomô ioni</em>, sicut cogito,
+<em>conòmi no màma ni</em>, secundum desiderium &amp; ad eius mensuram,
+<em>fõdo</em>, significat, tantum, vel quasi; &amp; proportionem:
+v.g. <em>qifèn ano
+fito fõdo no gacuxõ de gozaru</em>, tam doctus es sicut ille, <em>farãga
+cũdàru fòdo iòi</em>, in tantum erit sanus in quantum habuerit ventris
+purgationem, <em>mĩchi uò arùqu fõdo cutabituru</em>, sicut ambulo, sic
+deficio, <em>acai fõdo ioi</em>, dum est rubicundius, tanto melius,
+<em>xinùru fõdo no vazzurai de uanai</em>, infirmitas hæc non est ad
+mortem idest mortis causatiua, <em>funè ni mesaruru fõdo narãba uare mo
+norǒzu</em>, si vestra dominatio tantum vult assumere laborem vt nauim
+ascendat; ego etiam, <em>tamèxi mo naĩ fõdo ni atta to mosu</em>, dicunt
+fuisse sicut numquam, <em>uoqùru fòdo arãba sòre ĩe mairozu</em>, si ad
+statum perueniam quod possim è lecto surgere conferam me ad vos,
+<em>chicara no fõdo uo mite</em>, videns virium proportionem <em>fõdo nǒ
+tçuita</em>, peruenit in istanti, <em>core fõdo</em>, sicut hoc,
+<em>sòre fõdo</em>, sicut istud, <em>are fõdo</em>, sicut illud,
+<em>uouoi fõdo</em> dum magis vel plus, <em>sucunai fõdo</em>, dum
+minus.</p>
+
+
+<span class = "pagenum">55</span>
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "adverb_sup">
+Aduerbia superlatiua.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<em>Vie</em>, <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘fignificat’">significat</ins> rem supremam: v.g.
+<em>christianno voxiie ua izzure iori mo vie de gozaru</em>, doctrina
+&amp; fides Christiana est suprema &amp; super omnes, <em>còno saqe no
+uie ua nai</em>, non est melius vinum isto, <em>ichi</em>: vel,
+<em>daiichi</em>, est supremum &amp; vnicum: v.g. <em>gacuxo no uchi ni
+Sancto Thomas daiichi de gòzatta</em>, inter doctores Sanctus
+<ins class = "mycorr" title = "text reads ‘Themas’">Thomas</ins> est
+supremus, <em>còre ua are iori vie</em>, hoc est superius illo:
+particula <em>xita</em>, est contraria, <em>uie</em>, significat verò
+inferius: v.g. <em>xiqitai ua anima iori xita de gozaru</em>, corpus
+est inferius anima.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "adverb_intens">
+Aduerbia intensionis &amp; exaggerationis.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<em>Ichidan</em>, <em>chicãgoro</em>, <em>icco</em>, significant valde:
+v.g. <em>chicãgoro no uo cocorõ gaqe de gozaru</em>, est maxima cura
+&amp; diligentia, &amp;c. <em>sòre ua icco uarui còto gia</em>, istud
+est valde malum, <em>bexxite</em>, significat præcipue, <em>tòri
+uaqe</em>, significat in particulari vel specialiter, <em>coto no
+foca</em>, raro, &amp; extraordinarie, <em>icanimo</em>, significat,
+valde, <em>amari ni</em>, significat nimis, &amp; denique ex adiectiuis
+formantur aduerbia modo supra dicto, quæ significant aduerbialiter quod
+adiectiua absolute: v.g. ex <em>fucai</em>, quod est, profundus, a, um,
+<em>fuco</em>, quòd est profundè, <em>icani mo xizzucani</em> valde
+quietè, <em>tani coto ni</em>, extraordinariè, <em>xitàtacani</em>, vel,
+<em>guiǒ sanni</em>, formidabiliter idest, nimis: vide in
+dictionario.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "adverb_cong">
+Aduerbia congregandi.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<em>Voxinabete</em>, significat vniuersaliter, <em>sôbet</em>,
+communiter, idem significant, <em>tçune ni</em>, vel, <em>sojite</em>,
+<em>feijeini</em>, regulariter, <em>voioso</em>, <em>tabùn</em>,
+<em>vòcata</em>, <em>ioppõdoni</em>, significant: maiori ex
+<span class = "pagenum">56</span>
+parte, <em>qèccu</em>, vel, <em>caiette</em>, significant, quin potius,
+vel, <em>tènnèn</em>, significat forsan, &amp; idem significant,
+<em>xijen</em>, <em>icasama</em>, <em>sadamete</em>, significãt
+probabiliter, <em>canarazu</em>, absque dubio indefectibiliter, <em>moxi
+xjien</em>, si forte, <em>xotocu</em>, naturaliter, <em>jinen</em>,
+casu, <em>xĩdai xĩdai ni</em>, vel, <em>jèn jenni</em>, vel, <em>xĩdai
+ni</em>, successiue <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘lenter’">leniter</ins>, <em>vonozzu cara</em>,
+per se absque alio.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "adverb_concl">
+Aduerbia concludendi, &amp; aduertendi.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<em>Ficqio</em>, &amp;, <em>tçuini</em>, denique, significant vel
+resolutorie, <em>tçũgo</em>, summatim, <em>no no</em>, non est ita? v.g.
+<em>nòno icani qicaxeraruru ca?</em> heus audis ne? <em>moxi</em>,
+significat etiam; heus; sed est vocabulum vrbanum: v.g. <em>moxi Padre
+sama</em>, heus reuerende pater, <em>iare</em>, est etiam heus, cum
+inferioribus: v.g. <em>iare taro quaja to iiẽba</em> dicens heus,
+<em>taro quaja</em>: <em>iai</em> significat etiam heus sed vilius: v.g.
+<em>iai sochi ga mòtta mono ua nanĩzo?</em> heus tu quid est quod
+portas? idem significat, <em>ia</em>, v.g. <em>ia uo tòno barã domo ùa
+nani uo sauãgu zo?</em> heus vos milites &amp; boni homines quid
+turbamini? ad eundem sensum tendit particula <em>ai</em>, postposita
+v.g. <em>izzure mo mina iô qiqe ai</em>, heus vos omnes audite.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>ca</em>, &amp;, <em>zo</em>, vt supra dictum est, sunt ad
+interrogandum, idem habent munus particulæ <em>ia</em>, vel
+<em>caia</em>, sed sunt humiliores: v.g. <em>are ua tare caia?</em> quis
+est ille? <em>còre ia</em>, istud? <em>io suqète tare ca ua tazzuneô
+zo?</em> cum sit alta nox, quis potest interrogare, &amp; querere?
+<em>sòre de aro ca toiú còto gia</em>, dico, si erit istud?</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>No?</em> petit consensum: v.g. <em>gozaro ca no?</em> veniet? nonne?
+<em>mairo to uoxerareta no?</em> non ne dixit quod veniet? <em>no Pedro
+dono?</em> non est ita domine Petre? <em>na</em>, significat idem; sed
+est inferius: v.g. <em>soqiita na</em>, nonne sic audisti? aliquando in
+oratione vbi est <em>zo</em>, solet poni; <em>baxi</em>; quæ est
+particula dubitandi: v.g. <em>nanto xita xisaĩ de baxi gozaru zo?</em>
+qua de causa accidit hoc? <em>sate nanto iú uoqiacu de baxi gozaru
+zo</em>, quomodo vocatur vester iste hospes? <em>goiô baxĩ
+gozaruca?</em> est ne tibi aliquid necessarum?</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Io</em>, vel, <em>zo</em>; affirmant &amp; faciunt cadentiam
+orationis: v.g.
+<span class = "pagenum">57</span>
+<span class = "folionum">H</span>
+<em>caita zo</em>, vere scripsit, <em>maitta io</em>, venit profecto,
+<em>sono tòqi vare va ichi dan varui tçucai vo xiraruite gozaru io</em>,
+tunc profecto mala nuntia seu missiones sum <ins class = "mycorr" title
+= "text reads ‘exequtus’">exequutus</ins> &amp; feci, <em>bacari</em>,
+significat, tantum vel solummodo, <em>sóre ni cãguitte</em>, istud
+solum, <em>còre ni cãguirazu</em>, non hoc solùm: aliquando,
+<em>bacari</em>, significat magis vel minus: v.g. <em>fiacu bacari</em>,
+erunt centum, <em>fiacunin bacari corosareta</em>, centum vsque homines
+occisi sunt, <em>nó</em>, <em>nóte</em>, <em>naqu xite</em>,
+<em>naqute</em>, significant sine vel absque: v.g. <em>raxximo nó</em>,
+absque ratione, &amp; ordine, <em>cacũgò nó</em>, absque
+præparatione.</p>
+
+<p>
+Aduerbia sonus sunt multiplicia secundum diuersitatem quam Iapones in
+sonus terminatione percipiunt, &amp; illis, <em>to</em>, solent
+postponere: v.g. <em>ua ua to xite</em>, vociferando dicentes, <em>ua
+ua</em>, &amp; si illis postponitur <em>meqi</em>, <em>u</em>,
+significat talem strepitum facere: v.g. <em>ua meqi</em>, <em>u</em>, va
+dicendo vociferor, aris, &amp;c.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "prep_cas">
+De Præpositionibus casuum.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<em>Tame</em>, significat ni vel erga: v.g. <em>sonata no tame</em>,
+tibi, regit ante se genitiuum, <em>nanno tame</em>, ad quid, <em>nanini
+naru ca?</em> ad quid est? <em>nani ni xô ca?</em> ad quid faciendum
+habes illud? <em>nani no iô ni tatçu ca?</em> ad quid est necessarium
+vel proficuum? <em>maitte no iô ua?</em> quæ ne necessitas est
+eundi?</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Tai xite</em>, significat propter, vel contra, v.g. <em><ins class =
+"edcorr" title = "corrected by author from ‘tèugu’">tengu</ins> ni tai
+xite te qito</em>, pugnare contra dæmonem &amp; ei resistere, <em>Deus
+ni tai xite cũguio uo coraiuru</em>, suffero labores propter Deum,
+<em>uie iori</em>, significat etiam, propter: v.g. <em>uon jifi no uie
+iori</em>, propter suam misericordiam.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Ni iotte</em>, significat etiam causam quare: v.g. <em>Deus iori
+fito no jento acu ni iotte go fempô uo ataie saxerareozu</em>, deus
+tribuet hominibus secundum opera eorum vel vitij vel virtutis, deriuatur
+a verbo, <em>ìori</em>, <em>u</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Nitçuite</em>, significat circa, &amp; deriuatur a verbo,
+<em>tçuqi</em>, <em>u</em>, v.g. <em>còre ni tçuite</em>, vel <em>còre
+ni tçuqi</em>, vel, <em>còre ni tçuqete</em>, circa hoc, <em>sono gui ni
+uoite ua zonjenu</em>, nihil circa hoc negotium scio, <em>vôxe uamottomo
+narẽdomo uãgami ni totte ua canaĩ gatai</em>, bene dicit vestra
+dominatio; sed quod ad me attinet est
+<span class = "pagenum">58</span>
+factu difficile, <em>Dai quan ni itatte ua ichinin bacari sadameio</em>,
+quod ad economum seu maiordomum attinet, vnum tantum constitue, hæc
+omnia, <em>itatte</em>, v.g. <em>tòtte</em>, sunt gerundia verborum
+sicut &amp; præcedentia, etiam solent dicere, <em>Padre còto ua</em>
+quod at patrem attinet, <em>uarera còto ua</em>, circa meas res, vel
+quod ad me attinet, <em>xitãgatte</em>, vel, <em>xitãgote</em>,
+significãt iuxta, &amp; sunt gerundia verborum, <em>xitãgari</em>:
+<em>u</em>, &amp;, <em>xitãgai</em>: <em>ó</em>, vnde ante se regunt
+datiuum sicut eorum verba: v.g. <em>guioi ni xitãgatte</em>, vel
+<em>xitãgote</em>, secundum quod vestra præcipit dominatio,
+<em>xĩdai</em> significat idem: v.g. <em>conata xĩdai</em>, sicut
+volueris, aliquando etiam iungitur radicibus verborum: v.g. <em>mairi
+xĩdai</em>, secundum quod venerit vel eius aduentum.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Ni</em>, significat locum in quo: idem significat, <em>ni
+uoite</em>, sed permanentius: v.g. <em>go fatto ua fuximi ni uoite
+uôxeĩdasareta</em>, hanc legem posuit dum esset in ciuitate, <em>fuximi
+Bungo funai ni itatte</em>, in ciuitate Funairegni de Bungo: <em>iglesia
+ni uoru</em>, est in Ecclesia.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>De</em>, significat locum in quo fit actio: v.g. <em>michĩde Pedro
+ni uota</em>, obuium habui Petrum in via; eædem particulæ, <em>de</em>,
+&amp; <em>uomotte</em>, significant instrumentum quo fit actio, <em>bo
+uomotte Pedro uo uchi coròita</em>, ligno Petrum cecidit, <em>Padre sama
+catararetãde nauo qicoieta</em>, ex quo pater reuerendus illud narrauit
+melius fuit intellectum, <em>necqi de xinda</em>, mortuus est febri.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Cara</em>, vel <em>iori</em>, significat locum e quo vel vnde: v.g.
+<em>iglesia cara</em>, ex Ecclesia, etiam dicunt, <em>fune cara
+maitta</em>, nauigio venit, <em>cachi cara maitta</em>, pedes venit,
+<em>funẽ de maitta</em>, est idem quod, <em>fune cara maitta</em>, &amp;
+<em>fune ninotte maitta</em>: <em>fana cara me cara mĩguruxij mòno
+gia</em>, est indecorus oculis &amp; naribus, <em>iori</em>, significat
+locum per quem: v.g. <em>sama iori faitta</em>, intrauit per
+fenestram.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Tomoni</em>, significat; simul: v.g. <em>sonata to tomoni
+mairozu</em> ibo simul tecum, <em>mosu to <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘tomon,i’">tomoni,</ins></em> simul ac dixit.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Ie</em>, significat locum ad quem: v.g. <em>achiie mairo</em>, ibo
+illuc, <em>mi aco ni saite mairo</em>, vel <em>miiaco ni muqete
+mairo</em>, ibo directe ad curiam, <em>miiaco no cataie noboru</em>,
+ascendit ad curiam idem, <em>miiaco no foie noboru</em>, aliqui dicunt,
+<em>miiaco no iori</em>, vel <em>miiaco sana</em>, vel <em>miiaco no
+gotoqu noboru</em>, sed non est bonus loquendi modus; sed
+rusticorum.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class = "pagenum">59</span>
+<span class = "folionum">H2</span>
+<em>De</em>, significat materiam ex qua: v.g. <em>tçuchĩ de ca uàra uo
+tçuquru</em>, <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"so in original: ‘tegulas’?">regulas</ins> ex terra vel limo
+construere, <em>nànde còre uo tçuqùru ca?</em> ex quo hoc facis?</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Vie</em>, significat erga: v.g. <em>zuĩbun cõdomo no vie uo fito ni
+mo nàxi marasuru ioni to cocòrõ gaqe marasuru</em>; omni cum diligentia
+curo circa vel erga vel de meis filijs, quomodo illos faciam
+homines.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Sònata no fiquànno vo saiban mesarèio</em>, habeto curam <ins class
+= "mycorr" title = "text reads ‘detuis’">de tuis</ins> seruis?</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Made</em>, significat vsque: v.g. <em>àsumade</em>, vsque mane,
+<em>inòchi vo vxino màde aru mai</em>, non ammittet vitam vel vsque ad
+vitæ amissionem non perueniet, <em>sore made vomoi mo ioranu gui
+gia</em>, non peruenit ad mentem meam vsque adhuc, <em>cocòro zaxi arẽba
+canauanumàde mo xei uo iruru</em>, quando aliquid desideratur,
+adhibentur vires vsque ad impossibile, <em>mosu màde mo nai</em>, non
+est necessarium dicere, <em>còno tocòro made maitta</em>, hucusque
+veni.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "coniunct">
+De coniunctionibus &amp; diuisionibus.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<em>To</em>, <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘siguificat’">significat</ins>, &amp;, copulatiue: v.g.
+<em>Pedro <ins class = "mycorr" title = "text reads ‘toj uanto’">to
+juanto</ins> Nagasaqi ie ita</em>, Petrus &amp;
+Ioannes ierunt Nagasaquim,
+<em>còreto, àreto uò tòru</em>, accipio hoc &amp; illud: idem
+significat, <em>mo</em>, v.g. <em>Pedro mo juan mo Nãgasaqi càra
+mõdotta</em>, Petrus &amp; Ioannes redierunt e Nagasaqui, <em>naqu mono
+mo ari, uaró mòno mo aru</em>, sunt qui flent, &amp; sunt etiam qui
+rident, <em>mo</em>, anteponitur multoties negatiuis: v.g. <em>nanĩgoto
+mo gozaranu ca?</em> non est aliquid noui?</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Mata</em>, significat, &amp;, vbicumque inueniatur siue inter nomina
+siue verba, <em>ca</em>, significat vel: v.g. <em>Pedro ca; juan ca coi
+to iie</em>, dic quod veniat Petrus vel Ioannes, <em>arui ua</em>,
+significat etiam vel: v.g. <em>arui ua Pedro, arui ua juan</em>, vel
+Petrus, vel Ioannes, <em>arui ua iomu, arui uamono uo caqu</em>, vel
+lego vel scribo, <em>moxi ua</em>, significat si vero in medio
+orationis: v.g. <em>móxi ua cànẽga nai naraba</em>, &amp;c. si vero non
+habeas argentum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Ad orationum contexturam vtuntur, <em>mata ua</em>, &amp; præter hoc
+<span class = "pagenum">60</span>
+vel præterea: v.g. <em>arui ua iamaĩga uocoru ca, mata na isõgui no fumi
+qita ruca &amp;c.</em> vel accidit aliqua infirmitas, præter hoc si
+venit aliqua epistola.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Xicarẽba</em>, significat: cum res ita se habeant, <em>sari
+nagara</em>, sed, <em>so aru <ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘tocùde’">tocorõde</ins></em>, cum hoc ita
+sit, <em>saraba</em>, cum hoc ita se habeat, <em>sarẽba sareba</em>,
+cum ergo &amp;c. <em>ca?</em> significat si? v.g. <em>maitta
+camiio</em>, vide si venit vel iuit, <em>maitta ca xiranu</em>,
+nescio si venit, <em>iara</em>, significat si diuisiue: v.g.
+<em>fito iara chicuxo iara xiranu</em>, nescio vtrum sit homo vel
+animal, <em>nani iara to moxita</em>, nescio quod dixerit.</p>
+
+<p>
+Ex particulis, <em>nanica</em>, &amp; <em>tòcàcu</em>, intromissis alijs
+particulis fiunt quædam quasi disiunctiua seu exageratiua: v.g. <em>nani
+ia ca ia?</em> quæ res? idem est, <em>nani iara ca iara?</em> &amp;
+<em>nànto iara cato iara?</em> <em>nanto xite</em>, <em>ca toxite</em>,
+quomodo? <em>nanto mo ca tòmo</em>, nullo modo, <em>nanimo camo</em>,
+nihil, <em>nanĩgoto mo cãgotomo, mina içtuuari naruzo</em>, denique
+omnia sunt mendacia, <em>nanino cano</em> vel <em>nanto, xite cato
+xite</em>, modus excusandi se, <em>nanino cano to iúte</em>, dicens hoc
+&amp; illud, <em>domo como</em>, quomodocumque sit idem, <em>doxitema co
+xitemo doxite <ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘ùo xite’">co xite</ins></em>, faciendo
+diuersa hoc &amp; illud, <em>do xôcô xô</em>, faciam hoc &amp;
+illud.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Tòmo cacumo</em>, in omnibus, idem, <em>toni cacuni</em>, idem etiam
+<em>tonimo cacuni mo</em>, vel <em>totemo cacutemo</em>, <em>còre to
+ij</em>; <em>care to ij</em>, hoc &amp; illud dicens: idest
+excusationes, <em>care core</em>, illud &amp; hoc <em>coco caxico</em>,
+hic &amp; illuc, <em>conata canata</em>, istic &amp; illic, <em>uomo
+xirô, uocaxu</em>, accommodando se quasi adulari.</p>
+
+<p>
+Si particula, <em>mòtte</em>, postponatur particulis,
+<em>catçute</em>,<ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"‘_mate_’ deleted by author"> </ins><em>isasaca</em>, <em>tomoni</em>,
+<em>nani</em>, <em>nani nani iori</em>, adiungitur illis efficacia &amp;
+energia: v.g. <em>catçute motte so aru mai</em>, nullo modo erit
+talis&nbsp;res.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "interj">
+De interiectione.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<em>Sate</em>, <em>satesate</em>, <em>satemo satemo</em>, sunt
+interiectiones admirantis: v.g. <em>satemo Deus no uôqinaru
+uonjificana</em>, o magna misericordia Dei!</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Auare</em>, est interiectio miserentis: v.g. <em>auare mutçucaxij iò
+no naca cana</em>, o mundus repletus miserijs.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class = "pagenum">61</span>
+<em>Ha!</em> est interiectio pœnitentis: v.g. <em>Ha faxĩ demo
+uomoxiroĩga; tocoro niiote qi coie canuru</em>, o labor sonus &amp;
+cantus harmonia est valde gracilis; sed non bene omnia percipiuntur!</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Iara!</em> est interiectio tam lætitiæ; quam tristitiæ: v.g.
+<em>iara iara medetaia</em>, o quantum gaudeo &amp;c. idem, <em>ia</em>,
+v.g. <em>satemo iiaxii iatçũbaraia!</em> o quam vilis &amp; abiectus!
+<em>gongo dodan fuxĩguina xisai cana!</em> o quam rara &amp; ridicula
+ratio, <em>iei</em>, est interiectio mirantis: v.g. <em>iei Padre sama
+cochĩ gozaru io</em>, hic est pater!</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Hat</em>, est interiectio eius qui repente terretur: v.g. <em>Benqei
+core uo mite hat coto naxi to zonjite, sono màma niuani bo uo voroxi
+&amp;c.</em> videns hoc benquei &amp;c.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "sintax">
+De sintaxi, &amp; casibus, quos regunt verba.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Nominatiuum ponitur in principio orationis, verbum vero in fine, reliqua
+vero secundum cadentiam: v.g. <em>Pedro ua Nagasaqĩ de xutrai xita iqi
+iqi nitçuite juan uo coroita</em>, Petrus occidit Ioannem circa vel in
+quadam differentia quæ fuit vel accidit Nagasaqui: in aliquibus
+orationibus grauibus verbi suppositum ipsi postponitur; sed raro: v.g.
+<em>tare mo cana uanu futari noqimi ni tçucoro còto ua</em>, nemo potest
+duobus dominis seruire hic, <em>tçucoru coto ua</em>, est verbi
+suppositum, <em>core niiote tanomi tatematçuru itçumo uirgen</em>, ideo
+præcor Beatam Mariam semper <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘Virgitem’">Virginem</ins>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Orationes subiunctiui absoluti vel permissiui, &amp; infinitiui, &amp;
+conditionales, &amp; causales semper anteponuntur orationibus de
+indicatiuo aut imperatiuo; etiam si in linguis Latina aut Europæis non
+fiat sic sensus: v.g. <em>achi cara tomeraruru tomo; tomaru na</em>, ne
+remaneas etiam si illinc detinere te velint, <em>sòre uo qiitarẽba, fara
+uotatete mõdotta</em>; cum hæc audisset, iratus reuersus est,
+<em>taxicani uqetamotta niiotte coso, móxi <ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘ãgne’">ãgue</ins> maraxitare</em>, fideliter
+audiui, ideo retuli &amp; dixi, <em>faio gozatta raba uo mexi uo xinjô
+mono uo</em>, si cito venisses dedissem tibi manducare.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando sunt duo verba eiusdem temporis in eadem oratione,
+<span class = "pagenum">62</span>
+primum erit in gerundio in, <em>e</em>, &amp; alterum in tempore quod
+orationis sensus exiget: v.g. <em>còre uo tòtte giqini mĩga como no ni
+uataxe</em>, accipe hoc &amp; trade seruitori&nbsp;meo.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando vero fuerint duæ vel plures orationes quæ <ins class = "mycorr"
+title = "text reads ‘loquntur’">loquuntur</ins> de eodem subiecto vel
+tempore, solum vltimum verbum erit in tempore, quod orationis sensus
+petierit, reliquorum vero aliqua erunt in radicibus: alia autem in
+gerundio in, <em>e</em>, v.g. <em>touazunba cotaiezu, voxe arãba
+tçuxxinde qiqe</em>, si te non interrogant ne respondeas, si loquantur
+audias attente, <em>Deus no uo còto uo macotoni uqe, go uoqite mo cama
+uaĩde, sono mama inferno ni uochita</em>, neque in Deum credidit, neque
+eius mandata seruauit: vnde cecidit in infernum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Verbum semper sequitur in honore tertiam personam; nullus enim se
+honorat nisi sit rex qui de se loquens dicit, <em>iorocõbi ni
+nòboximesu</em>, gaudeo plane.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando fuerint multa adiectiua omnia erunt aduerbialiter præter vltimum:
+v.g. <em>qe nango, iro curô, icanimo vtçucuxij mono</em>, erat speciosus
+valde, habens pilos longos &amp; colorem nigrum &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Anteposita particula, <em>to</em>, verbis significantibus intelligere,
+credere, audire &amp;c. supplet verbum sumes fui, &amp; significat: quod
+v.g. <em>fito tozonjita</em>, credidi vel putaui quòd esset hommo,
+<em>qixó uo jennin to vomo uô ca?</em> credam te esse sanctum? <em>amata
+no fito xini no fonouo ni moiuru uo misaxerareô</em>, videbis multos
+homines iræ flammis ardentes: hic suppletur particula <em>to</em>, a
+<em>moiuru uo</em> quod est verbi suppositum: quando verò postponunt,
+<em>mo</em>, ad <em>to</em>, tunc tenaciter affirmant quod dicunt: v.g.
+<em>mairõ tomo</em>, omnino ibo vel iturus&nbsp;sum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>to</em>, in primo sensu suppletur aliquando per,
+<em>ioni</em>, v.g. <em>ãgueta ioni gozaru</em>, dicunt quod obtulit,
+<em>ica iona fito to ua xiranu</em>, nescio quis homo sit ille.
+aliquando verbum substantiuum supplet particulam, <em>to</em> v.g.
+<em>mairó de gozatta</em>, dixit quod veniet, <em>xô de ua
+naqerẽdomo</em>, quamuis non dico quod faciam &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Qiuzo còre uo mite, ima uo saĩgo no coto dearẽba</em>, videns hoc,
+<em>quiuzo</em>, credensque horam mortis iam adesse, hic verbum
+substantiuum supplet, <em>to</em> &amp; fit quasi verbum actiuum regens
+accusatiuum, <em>ima uo</em>, supplet etiam, <em>to</em>, particulæ,
+<em>sona</em> &amp; <em>guena</em> significat, videtur, <em>sona</em>,
+postponitur radicibus verborum:
+<span class = "pagenum">63</span>
+v.g. <em>dèqi sona</em>, videtur quod finietur, si verò illi postponatur
+aliquod verbum substantiuum mutat, <em>a</em>, in, <em>i</em>, v.g.
+<em>dèqisonigozaru</em> videtur quod perficietur, <em>deqi soni mo
+zonjenu</em>, credo quod non finietur: postponitur etiam, <em>sona</em>,
+adiectiuis finitis in, <em>i</em>, &amp; illud amittunt: v.g. <em>io
+sona</em>, videtur bonus vel quod sit bonus, <em>xĩguè sona</em>,
+videtur frequens, <em>a iau sona</em>, videtur periculosum, si vero
+postponatur adiectiuis finitis in, <em>na</em>, illud amittunt, v.g.
+<em>aqi raca sona</em>, videtur quod sit clarum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particula, <em>guèna</em>, postponitur nominibus &amp; verbis iam
+formatis: v.g. <em>maittã guena</em>, credo quod venit: si autem illi
+postponatur verbum substantiuum, mutat, <em>a</em>, in, <em>i</em>, v.g.
+<em>maittã guenĩ gozaru</em>, credo quod venit, <em>sona</em>,
+significat, videtur, &amp; <em>guena</em>, credo; sed vtraque vtuntur in
+occasionibus in exemplis expressis.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando in oratione fuerint duo præterita, primum erit in tali voce;
+secundum vero in voce futuri: v.g. <em>qesa càra so uôxerareta raba mo
+faia de maraxô</em>, si hoc dixisses isto mane; iam recessissem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando refertur id quod alius dixit, dicitur hoc modo, <em>Padre
+mósàruru ua: iãgate sonatàie mairó to mosaruru</em>, Pater dixit se
+statim huc venturum, aliquando quando se excusant, solet suppleri,
+<em>to</em>, per <em>no</em>, v.g. <em>asu no</em>, <em>raĩguàt no</em>,
+<em>nàndo to noburu na</em> ne differas dicendo quod cras; vel mense
+venturo &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando post, <em>n</em>, sequitur, <em>uo</em>, amittitur, <em>u</em>,
+v.g. <em>go uono uqe tatema tçutta</em>, benefitia accepi.</p>
+
+<p>
+Aduerbia semper anteponuntur verbis; præter aduerbia temporis, quæ in
+principio orationis constituuntur: v.g. <em>sore uo qijte iccó xicàri
+maràxita</em>, audiens istud iratus est valde, <em>qiô nen espana carà
+uatàttà tòqi</em>, quando anno præterito ex Hispania transfretaui: omne
+verbum requirit ante se nominatiuum expressum aut sub intellectum: v.g.
+<em>uare iqe</em>, uel, <em>iqe</em>, in quo subintelligitur,
+<em>uare</em>, vade, in aliquibus autem orationibus uidetur hæc regula
+deficere: u.g. <em>xisai uõba core ni uà mósàre maràxozu</em>, hic
+causam &amp; rationem refert seu dabit: hic nullum uidetur nominatiuum,
+quin potius, <em>are ni ua</em>, est datiuum aut ablatiuum, <em>àre ni
+uà, nauo uoixri atta</em>, ille melius scit: in ista etiam oratione,
+<em>àre ni ua</em>, deberet esse nominatiuum, <em>cacàru uo ni uà
+cõganeno cusari uo icusũgi mo tcuqeta dõgu de gozàru</em>, pro torque
+habebat catenam auream multos habentem anulos.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class = "pagenum">64</span>
+<em>Core ni ua gozonji aru mài</em>, non cognoscet de hoc uestra
+dominatio, hic, <em>còre ni ua</em>, uidetur supplere accusatiuum quod
+regit, <em>zonji</em>: <em>uru</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Verbum impersonale aut infinitum petit ante se nominatiuum; u.g.
+<em>Pedro ua màitta to mósu</em>, dicunt quod Petrus uenit.</p>
+
+<p>
+Verbum, <em>iri</em>: <em>u</em>, pro indigeo, es, regit duo nominatiua,
+<em>rei</em>, &amp; personæ indigentis: u.g. <em>uatacuxi uà còno cànẽga
+iru</em>, ego indigeo uel habeo necessitatem huius argenti: etiam regit
+datiuum de persona: u.g. <em>sono tame ni ua cànẽga iranu</em>, non
+indiget argento seu nummis.</p>
+
+<p>
+Verbum actiuum petit ante se accusatiuum pro supposito: u.g. <em>càne uo
+motànu</em>, non habeo pecunias.</p>
+
+<p>
+Aliqua nomina, <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘_cobita seu coie_’"><em>cobita</em> seu
+<em>coie</em></ins>, quæ ut supra dictum est, sunt mẽdicata a lingua
+Chinensi: regunt eosdem casus quos verba Iaponica quæ illis
+correspondent; v.g. <em>ni ua <ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘qenbut’">uo qenbut</ins> noaĩdani mèxi uo
+coxiraie io</em>, præpara cibum dum hortum videmus, hic nomen
+<em>qenbut</em>, regit accusatiuum, <em>ni ua uo</em>, quia,
+<em>mi</em>: <em>ru</em>, quod est video, es, regit accusatiuum,
+<em>fito ni guenzan suru</em>, est idem quod <em>fito ni uó</em>,
+obuium video hominem, &amp; regit, <em><ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘genzan’">guenzan</ins></em>, datiuum sicut,
+<em>ai</em>, <em>ó</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Quando vocabulum cobitum ex duobus componitur, cognoscetur esse verbum,
+si primum, verbi significationem habeat: v.g. <em>jóten</em>, est
+verbum, &amp; significat in cælum ascendere, quia <em>jo</em>, est
+ascẽdo, is, <em>tenjo</em>, vero est nomen, quia, <em>jo</em>,
+postponitur &amp; anteponitur, <em>ten</em>, quod significat cælum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Verba passiua petunt ablatiuum pro persona agente: v.g. <em>Pedro carà
+còròsàreta</em>, occisus est a Petro, sed melius regunt datiuum: v.g.
+<em>Pedro ni corosareta</em>, <em>Pedro ua nusu bito ni càne uo
+torareta</em>, latrones furati sunt pecunias Petri.</p>
+
+<p>
+Sunt etiam aliqua neutra, quæ accusatiuum regunt sicut actiua: v.g.
+<em>xiqitai uo fanaruru</em>, discedere a corpore, seu mori <em>axi uo
+uãzzuró</em>, dolere pedes, &amp;, <em>nĩgue uru</em>, pro eo quod est
+fugio, is, <em>nogàre</em>, <em>uru</em>, euado, is: <em>de</em>,
+<em>uru</em>, exeo, is: <em>nòqe</em>, <em>uru</em>, recedo, is:
+<em>touorì</em>, <em>u</em>: transeo, is: <em>nori</em>, <em>u</em>,
+nauigo, as, v.g. <em>caixo uo noru</em>, nauigo mare, <em>iuqi</em>:
+<em>u</em>, ambulo, as, <em>michi uo iuqu</em>, viam ambulo, <em>uo
+uari</em>: <em>u</em> finior, iris, <em>mairi</em>: <em>u</em>;
+<em>xǒgui uo mairu</em> ad tabulam latrũculariam ludo,
+<em>iorocobi</em>, <em>u</em>: <em>cocoro uo iorocòbu</em>: lætifico
+cor: <em>abi</em>, <em>uru</em>, <em>mizzu uo abiru</em>, lauo me aqua
+vel aquam supra infundo, <em>auàremi</em>, <em>u</em>, misereor, eris,
+<em>canàximi</em>, <em>u</em>,
+<span class = "pagenum">65</span>
+<span class = "folionum">I</span>
+tristor, aris, <em>còie</em>, <em>uru</em>, transeo, is,
+<em>fabacari</em>, <em>u</em>, verecundor, aris, <em>facarai</em>,
+<em>o</em>, prouideo, es, <em>faxiri</em>, <em>u</em>, velo nauigo, as,
+v.g. <em>caixo</em>, vo, <em>faxiru</em>, velo mare nauigo;
+<em>fãgi</em>, <em>zzuru</em>, verecundor, aris, <em>fedate</em>,
+<em>tçuru</em>, secedo, is, <em>fe</em>, <em>uru</em>, transigo, is,
+v.g. <em>ficazu vo furu</em>, multos dies transigo, <em>dori uo
+fumaiuru</em>, fundari in ratione vel rationem pro fundamento habere,
+<em>itàmi</em>, <em>u</em>, doleo, es, <em>ma vari</em>, <em>u</em>,
+circuo, is: v.g. <em>còno còto vàri uo mǒxi mauattà</em>, multoties
+&amp; per circuitum dixit nuntium, hic &amp; ibi: idem significat &amp;
+regit, <em>mẽguri</em>, <em>u</em>, <em>nãgusami</em>, <em>u</em>,
+recreo, as, <em>cocoro vò nãgusamu</em>, cor lætifico, as,
+<em>naqì</em>, <em>u</em>, ploro, as, <em>tasucàri</em>, <em>u</em>,
+saluo, as, <em>inochi vo tasucaru</em>, periculum vitæ euado, <em>goxo
+vo tasu caru</em>, saluari in uita futura, <em>tachi tçu</em>, recedo,
+is, v.g. <em>tocòro vo tatçu</em>, de sero locum vel a loco recedo,
+<em>tomurai</em>, <em>ó</em>, defunctis exequias facio, is,
+<em>vcãgai</em>, <em>õ</em> dubitando inquiro, is, <em>voximi</em>,
+<em>u</em>, æstimo, as, <em>vràmi</em>, <em>u</em>, quæror, eris,
+<em>xinobi</em>, <em>u</em>, occulte expecto quasi insidiose: v.g.
+<em>fito nò mè vò xinòbu</em>, attendo siquis me videt, aliqua ex
+prædictis quæ requirunt accusatiuum loci, admittunt etiam ablatiuum cum
+particulis, <em>cara</em>, vel, <em>iori</em>, v.g. <em>tocòro vo
+tatçu</em>, est idem quod, <em>tocòro iori tatçu</em>, a loco
+recedo.</p>
+
+<p>
+Aliqua etiam sunt actiua verba quæ duos casus accusatiuos petunt: v.g.
+<em>fori</em>, <em>u</em>, <em>daxi</em>, <em>u</em>, <em>fanaxi</em>,
+<em>u</em>, <em>tate</em>, <em>tçuru</em>, v.g. <em>Pedro vo socò vo voi
+idaita</em>, Petrum eduxerunt ab isto loco: potest etiam regere
+ablatiuum loci: v.g. <em>Pedro vo socò cara voi daita</em>, aliqua
+petunt vel Datiuum vel accusatiuum v.g. <em>fito vo</em>, vel, <em>fito
+ni sanare</em>, <em>uru</em> ab hominibus recedo, is, <em>Deus vo</em>,
+vel <em>Deus ni somùqi</em>, <em>u</em>, Deum offendok is, verba
+huiusmodi sunt, quæ significant timere, offendere, &amp; recedere.</p>
+
+<p>
+Multa vero verba quæ significant auxilium præstare, commodum, damnum,
+obedientiam, superioritatem, subiectionem, seruitutem, victoriam, &amp;
+similia, regunt Datiuum: v.g. <em>chiie saicacu ioni coieta</em>,
+excedit alios sapientia &amp; industria.</p>
+
+<p>
+Verba verò dandi, &amp; promittendi regunt accusatiuum rei &amp; datiuum
+personæ: v.g. <em>fito ni càne vo curùru</em>, dare pecunias alicui.</p>
+
+<p>
+Multa sunt verba, quæ admittunt ante se radices aliorũ verborum
+immutatas; &amp; tunc prædictæ radices habent sensum quasi infinitiui:
+v.g. <em>qiqi faji me</em>, <em>uru</em>, audire incipio, is, verba vero
+sunt, <em>nare</em>, <em>urù</em>, assuefio, is, seu assuesco, is, &amp;
+idem, <em>tçuqe</em>,
+<span class = "pagenum">66</span>
+<em>uru</em>, <em>fate</em>, <em>tçuru</em>, finior, iris,
+<em>narai</em>, <em>ó</em>, disco, is, <em>sòme</em>, <em>uru</em>,
+incipio, is, <em>tõdoqe</em>, <em>uru</em>, perseuero, as, vel
+prosequor, eris, <em>ate tçuru</em>, dirigo, is, <em>atàri</em>,
+<em>u</em>, casu reperio, is, <em>vaqe uru</em>, diuido, is,
+<em>càne</em>, <em>uru</em>, dificile possum, es, <em>soconai</em>,
+<em>o</em>, erro, as, <em>sumaxi</em>, <em>u</em>, perficio; is,
+<em>sũgoxi</em>, <em>u</em>, excedo, is, <em>fãgue maxi</em>,
+<em>u</em>, multum &amp; intense laboro, as, <em>àqi</em>, <em>u</em>,
+fastidio, is, <em>tai</em>, volo, is, &amp; <em>tomonai</em>, nollo, is,
+si vero radices verborum anteponantur adiectiuis finitis in <em>i</em>,
+faciunt quasi supinum in <em>tu</em>, v.g. <em>iòmi iasui</em>, facile
+lectu &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Nomina numeralia si subsequatur illis nomen substantiuum debent esse in
+genitiuo: v.g. <em>fito tçu no tõga</em>, vnum peccatum, idem petit
+particula, <em>fõdo</em>, quando significat omnis, e, v.g. <em>àru fõdo
+no fito</em>, quotquot sunt homines, idem petit particula, <em>iori</em>
+v.g. <em>Nanban iòri no mono</em>, res Europæ; sed hic est relatiuum.
+petunt etiam genitiuum numeralia, seu nomina quæ dicunt multitudinem vel
+paucitatem: v.g. <em>amàta no fito</em>, multi homines, sunt autem
+nomina prædicta, <em>bechi</em>, alter, a, um, <em>fon</em>, proprius a,
+um, <em>cazucazu</em>, multi, æ, a, <em>sama zama</em>, multi modus, a,
+um, <em>iro iro</em>, multus, a, <em>iorõzzu</em>, quilibet &amp;c.
+<em>ĩzzure</em>, quis, æ, <em>issai</em>, omnis, e, idem, <em>vòno
+vòno</em>, &amp; <em>cotõgotoqu</em>, <em>reqi reqi</em>, personæ
+nobiles, <em>igue</em>, quod subsequitur, <em>nocori</em>, quod remanet,
+<em>itçumo</em>, semper: v.g. <em>itçumo no coto</em>, id quod semper:
+<em>tçune</em>, ordinarius, a, um, <em>ima</em>, mòdo, <em>isasaca</em>,
+parum: idem, <em>sòto</em>, vel <em>sucoxi</em>, <em>xótocu</em>,
+naturaliter, <em>sòno fòca</em>, extra: prædicta petunt ante se
+genitiuum si illis subsequatur nomen substantiuum, &amp; tunc adiectiua
+debent reputari si verò non subsequatur substantiuum nomen; sed verbum;
+tale genitiuum non petunt: v.g. <em>iorõzzu danco xite iocaro</em>,
+bonum erit si omnes faciatis consilium.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "arith">
+De Arithmetica Iaponiæ &amp; materia numerorum, in quibus hoc opus hic
+labor.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Duo sunt modi numerandi in lingua ista Iaponica primus est per numeralia
+communia propria ipsius linguæ, quæ vocant, <em>iomi</em>, &amp; hæc
+perueniunt solum vsque ad decem: v.g. <em>fitòtçu</em>
+<span class = "pagenum">67</span>
+<span class = "folionum">I2</span>
+vnum, &amp; solent hoc vti ad dicendum parum: v.g. <em>sàqe fitotçu
+nòmaxete tamóre</em>, da mihi bibere parum vini, <em>futatçu</em>, duo,
+<em>mitçu</em>, tria, <em>iòtcu</em>, quatuor, <em>itçutçu</em>,
+quinque, <em>mutçu</em>, sex, <em>nanatçu</em>, septem, <em>iàtçu</em>,
+octo, <em>coco notçu</em>, nouem, <em>to vo</em>, decem,
+<em>icutçu</em>, significat, quot? in rebus quæ non habent propriam
+numerationem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Secundus modus numerandi est per vocabula, <em>coie</em>, idest mẽdicata
+a lingua Chinensi, hoc verò non vtuntur vsque ad decem per se; nisi
+rebus numeratis adiungantur, quæ quidem res debent significari vocabulis
+etiam Chinẽsibus; &amp; non Iaponijs: termini numerales sunt,
+<em>ichi</em>, vnum, <em>ni</em>, duo, <em>san</em>, tria, <em>xi</em>,
+quatuor, <em>go</em>, quinque, <em>ròcu</em>, sex, <em>xichi</em>,
+septem, <em>sachi</em>, octo, <em>cù</em>, nouem, <em>jǔ</em>, decem
+vtuntur per se istis a numero vndecimo &amp; supra, est autem vndecim,
+<em>juich</em>, <em><ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘iiúni’">juni</ins></em>, duodecim,
+<em><ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘iǔsan’">jusan</ins></em>, tredecim,
+<em>júcù</em>, decem &amp; nouem, &amp; numeris denarijs anteponuntur
+numeri vsque ad decem: v.g. <em>nijǔ</em>, viginti, <em>sànju</em>,
+triginta, <em>sanju ichi</em>, triginta vnum, <em>cùju</em>, nonaginta,
+<em>fiacu</em>, vero significat centum, <em>fiacu ichi</em> centum
+&amp; vnum <em>fiacu ju</em>, centum &amp; decem, <em>fiacu sanju</em>,
+centum &amp; triginta, <em>ni fiacu</em>, ducenta, <em>sàmbiàcu</em>,
+trecentum, <em>xen</em>, autem significat mille, <em>xen ichi</em>,
+mille &amp; vnum, <em>xen roppiacu sànju ichi</em>, mille sexcenti
+triginta vnum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Numeri vero Iaponij antepositi vocabulis Iaponiæ, quæ vocant
+<em>iomi</em>, et ablato, <em>tçu</em>, a numeralibus prædictis, siue
+sint nomina siue radices verborum quibus iunguntur numerãt res
+significatas per talia vocabula: v.g. <em>fito cotõba</em>, vnum verbum,
+<em>futa coto vari</em>, duæ rationes, <em>miàmi</em>, tria retia vel
+tres retis missiones, <em>iocama</em>, coquere quatuor vicibus in
+caldaria, <em>itçucàqe</em>, quinque aggressiones, <em>mùcasàne</em>,
+sex vestes seu cooperturæ, <em>nànà catana</em> septem vulnerationes
+gladio: <em>ià catãgue</em>, octo onera, <em>cùca vari</em> novem
+transmutationes, <em>tò cusa</em>, decem differentiæ: post numerum vero
+decimum, hoc modo numerandi non vtuntur; sed dicunt, <em>iro
+jǔichi</em>, vel <em>júichi no iro</em>, vndecim colores: ad
+interrogandum vero est verbum, <em>icùtçu</em>, si verò res de qua
+interrogatur postponatur, debet addi numeralibus particula, <em>no</em>,
+v.g. <em>itçucu no qi zo</em> quot ligna sunt? idem, <em>qi icutçu
+zo?</em> et respondetur, <em>futatçu</em>, duo, <em>mitçu</em>, tria
+etc: interrogatur etiam per, <em>icutçu</em> ablato, <em>tçu</em> posita
+vero re numerata de qua interrogatur: v.g. <em>icù tocoro</em>, quot
+loca? <em>icu toqi</em>, quot horæ? <em>fito fanaxi</em>, vnus sermo vel
+conversatio, <em>futasugi</em>, duæ lineæ, <em>iote</em>, quatuor manus
+inter digladiatores:
+<span class = "pagenum">68</span>
+v.g. <em>itçutçu bu</em>, quinque grana, <em>mu tocoro</em>, sex loca,
+<em>iamavari</em>, sex circuitiones, <em>cuninai</em>, nouem onera eo
+modo quo Iapones onus portant ante &amp; retro in ligno, <em>tò
+vatari</em>, decem transitiones: v.g. &amp; alia omnia quæ numerari
+possunt, idem autem est dicere, <em>mu tocoro</em> quòd, <em>mutçu
+notocoro</em> &amp; quod, <em>tocoro mutçu</em>, sex loca, <em>fito
+ie</em>, significat rem simplicem, <em>futa ie</em>, duplicem seu
+duplicatam, <em>miie</em>, triplicatam &amp;c. idem fit cum numeralibus
+chinensibus seu, <em>coye</em>, adiunctis vocabulis etiam chinẽsibus:
+&amp; aliquando <ins class = "mycorr" title = "text reads ‘inista’">in
+ista</ins> numeratione nihil <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘ammittnnt’">ammittunt</ins> numeri aut res numeratæ;
+aliquoties autem vel alterum <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘vol’">vel</ins> vtrumque aliquid ammittit vel mutat,
+&amp; præcipuè in numeris primo, secundo, tertio, sexto, decimo,
+&amp; centesimo: &amp; aliæ sunt
+mutationes: hic autem ponentur communiores; quando verò in particulari
+nihil fuerit adnotatum, est signum quod nulla est transmutatio.</p>
+
+<p>
+Interrogatio de hominibus fit per, <em>icutari?</em> quot homines?
+Responsio verò fit postponendo, <em>nin</em>, numeralibus chinensibus:
+v.g. <em>ichi nin</em>, vnus homo, <em>ninin</em>, duo,
+<em>iottari</em>, vero significat quatuor: quia, <em>xinin</em>,
+significat hominem mortuum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Interrogatio de diebus fit per, <em>icca</em>, quot dies? &amp; vnus
+dicitur, <em>fi fitoi</em>, quia, <em>ichinichì</em>, significat diem
+solarem integrum, <em>futçuca</em>, duo dies, <em>micca</em>, tres,
+<em>iocca</em>, quatuor, <em>itçuca</em>, quinque, <em>muìca</em>, sex,
+<em>nànucà</em>, septem, <em>iòca</em>, octo, <em>còconoca</em>, nouem,
+<em>toca</em>, decem, <em>fatçuca</em>, viginti reliqui numeri dierum
+sunt per numeralia, <em>coie</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Numerus noctium, est postponendo, <em>ìa</em> numeralibus,
+<em>coie</em>, v.g. <em>ichi ia</em>, vna nox, <em>ni ia</em>, duæ
+&amp;c. fit etiam postposito, <em>io</em>, quod significat Iaponice
+noctem numeralibus, <em>iomi</em>, <em>icuio</em>, quot noctes?
+<em>futaio</em>, duæ, <em>nanàio</em>, septem noctes &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Numeratio mensium anni fit postposito, <em>guat</em>, numeralibus,
+<em>coie</em>, sed prima luna vocatur, <em>xõguat</em>, secunda vero,
+<em>nĩguat</em>, tertia, <em>sãguat</em>, quarta, <em>xĩguat</em>,
+vndecima verò dicitur, <em>ximò tçuqi</em>, duodecima verò &amp; vltima
+dicitur, <em>xi vàsu</em>, si autem velimus numerare menses absolutè
+postponimus, <em>tçuqĩ</em>, quod lunam significat numeralibus,
+<em>iomi</em>, ablato, <em>tçu</em>, interrogamus vero,
+<em>icutçuqi?</em> quot menses? &amp; respondetur, <em>fito tçuqi</em>,
+vnus, vsque ad decem, quod est, <em>totçuqi</em>, post decem verò fit
+numeratio per numeralia, <em>coie</em>, v.g. <em>jú ichĩguat</em>,
+vndecim menses, ad interrogandum verò de mense quisnam sit; Ianuarius ne
+an Februarius?
+<span class = "pagenum">69</span>
+fit per, <em>nànguat</em>, Primus autem mensis anni Iaponensis est luna
+Martij.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio annorum fit postposito, <em>nen</em>, numeralibus,
+<em>coie</em>: interrogatio fit anteposito, <em>nen</em>, v.g.
+<em>nànnèn</em>, quot anni? Respondetur autem, <em>ichinen</em>, vnus,
+<em>ionen</em>, quatuor, <em>sanganen</em>, tres, <em>sò ionèn</em>,
+tres vel quatuor, <em>sò xi júnèn</em>, triginta vel quadraginta anni,
+<em>fatàchi</em>, significat viginti annos in hominibus, idẽ <em>ni
+junen</em>, vel, <em>ni ju no toxi</em>, vel <em>tòxi ni jú</em>,
+interrogant autem, <em>icutoxi</em>, vel <em>tòxi icùtçu</em>, quot
+annos habet? numerant etiam annos hominum &amp; animalium perfectorum,
+boum scilicet, &amp; equorum &amp;c. postponendo, <em>sai</em>,
+numeralibus, <em>coie</em>, v.g. <em>issai</em>, vnus, <em>ni sai</em>
+duo, <em>san zài</em>, tres anni.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio vicium fit postposito, <em>do</em>, numeralibus,
+<em>coie</em>, v.g. <em>nàndo</em>, quot vices? <em>ichĩdo</em>, vna
+<em>iõdo</em>, quatuor, <em>gõdo</em>, quinquies, <em>sai san</em>, bis
+<ins class = "mycorr" title = "text reads ‘velter’">vel ter</ins>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio nauium fit postposito, <em>sô</em>, numeralibus,
+<em>coie</em>, v.g. <em>nànzo</em>, quot naues? Respondetur:
+<em>issô</em>, vna, <em>nisò</em>, duæ, <em>san zô</em>, tres
+<em>fassô</em>, octo, <em>jússô</em>, decem.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Ichiren</em>, vna linea, duæ <em>niren</em>, <em>saren</em> tres
+lineæ v.g. ficorum, margaritarum, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio orationum, tractatuum, vel repetitionum eiusdẽ rei fit
+postposito, <em>fen</em>, numeralibus: v.g. <em>ippen</em>, vna,
+<em>nifen</em>, duæ, <em>sanben</em>, tres <em><ins class = "mycorr"
+title = "text reads ‘auema ria’">aue maria</ins> fiàcu gojippèn</em>,
+centum quinquaginta aue maria.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio argenteorum fit postponendo, <em>momme</em>, numeralibus
+v.g. <em>ichi mòmme</em>, vnus, <em>ni mòmme</em>, duo, <em>san
+mòme</em>, tres: vnus autem argenteus diuiditur in decem quæ vocant
+<em>ippùn</em> itaque, <em>ippùn</em>, significat decimam partem
+argentei, <em>nifùn</em>, duæ ex prædictis partibus, <em>gofùn</em>,
+media dragma, <em>roppun</em>, sex ex prædictis decem partibus.</p>
+
+<p>
+Decima quoque verò pars argentei diuiditur adhuc in alijs decem quarum
+vnam vocant, <em>ichirin</em>, <em>nirin</em>, <em>farin</em>,
+<em>iòrin</em>, <em>gorin</em>, <em>rocurin</em>, <em>xichirin</em>,
+<em>fachirin</em>, <em>curin</em>, &amp; statim est, <em>ippun</em>,
+quod est argentei decima pars, <em>fiacu me</em>, sunt centum argenteos,
+<em>fiacu ichi momme</em>, centum &amp; vnus, <em>icquan me</em>, mille,
+<em>jicquanme</em> decem mille: sunt etiam aliæ monetæ ex ære, quarum
+annumeratio, fit postposito, <em>mai</em>, vel <em>mon</em>,
+numeralibus: v.g. <em>ichi mon</em>, vna ex illis monetis, <em>nì
+mon</em>, duæ <em>san mai</em>, tres centum vero <ins class = "mycorr"
+title = "text reads ‘existis’">ex istis</ins> monetis faciunt nondum
+dimidium argenteum; mille vero ex
+<span class = "pagenum">70</span>
+prædictis monetis vocant, <em>icquan</em>, <em>jicquan</em>, verò decem
+mille &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+<em>Còreua ica fõdo ni suru</em>, quantum valet hoc vel, <em>ica fõdo ni
+vru</em>, quanti pretij est &amp; venditur? <em>ni momme suru</em>,
+decem argenteos valet, <em>ni mòmme ni iàsui</em>, plus duabus dragmis
+vendi potest: vel duabus dragmis si vendatur est vile.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio mensurarum tam rerum liquidarum, quam non fit postposito,
+<em>xô</em>, numeralibus ad faciendam mensuram modij: v.g.
+<em>ixxo</em>, vna, <em>nixo</em>, duæ, <em>sango</em>, tres: decem
+verò dicunt, <em>itto</em>, postposito, <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"not emphatic in original"><em>to</em></ins>, <em>nitò</em>, viginti,
+<em>sando</em>, triginta: vnam vero dicunt, <em>ittò</em>, quã diuidunt
+adhuc in decem partes, qùarum annumeratio fit postposito <em>go</em>,
+numeralibus v.g. <em>ichĩgo</em>, vna, <em>nĩgo</em>, duæ,
+<em>sango</em> tres, <em>ixxô gõgo</em>, una mensura &amp; dimidia ex
+mensura, <em>fatto</em>, octoginta mensuræ existis: centum verò dicunt,
+<em>ichi cocu</em>, postposito <em>còcu</em>, numeralibus, <em>ni
+còcu</em>, ducentæ, <em>sangocu</em>, trecentæ <em>jiccòcu</em>, mille,
+<em>xèngocu</em>, decem mille, <em>ichi mangocu</em>, centum mille.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio mensuræ statuum hominis fit postposito, <em>fitò</em>,
+numeralibus, <em>iomi</em>, v.g. <em>fitò firò</em>, vna: <em>futa
+firò</em>, duæ, <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘_jippi_-/ro’ at line break"><em>jippiro</em></ins>, decem:
+mensuram verò palmorum faciunt postposito, <em>xacu</em>, numeralibus,
+<em>coie</em>, v.g. <em>ìxxacu</em>, vnus palmus seu tertia quam
+Hispani vocant <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"not emphatic in original"><em>sanjacu</em></ins>, tres,
+<em>goxacu</em>, vero facit vnum statum qui vocatur vt dictum est,
+<em>fito firo</em>, sex vero ex mensuris quæ vocatur, <em>xàcu</em>,
+&amp; est tertia, faciunt mensuram unam quæ uocatur, <em>ìcqen</em>,
+una, <em>nicqen</em>, duæ, <em>jicqen</em>, decem, <em>sanguen</em>,
+tres: ex <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘sex aginta’">sexaginta</ins> uero ex istis fit alia mensura
+quam uocant, <em>icchó</em>, idest unus callis, <em>niccho</em> duo,
+<em>jicchio</em> decem, <em>sangio</em>, tres: ex sexaginta uerò tribus
+ex istis fit una leuca seu miliare ex miliaribus partis superioris
+Iaponiæ, quod uocant, <em>ichiri</em>, postposito, <em>ri</em>,
+numeralibus, <em>coie</em>: <em>niri</em>, duo miliaria, <em>sanri</em>,
+tria, <em>gòri</em>, quinque, <em>júri</em>, decem, <em>iori</em>,
+quatuor: quia <em>xiri</em>, significat <ins class = "edcorr" title =
+"corrected by author from ‘culum’">anum</ins>, <em>fan michi</em>,
+dimidiam leucam dicunt: u.g. <em>iòco fan miqi tate ichirì</em>, uia
+recta habet una leucam; ex transuerso uero dimidiam <em>faba icqen</em>,
+latitudo est sex tertiarum <em>io fo futa firo</em>, habet duos status
+in quadro.</p>
+
+<p>
+Numeri cardinales primus secundus &amp;c. fiunt postposito, <em>ban</em>
+numeralibus, <em>coie</em>, u.g. <em>ichi ban</em>, primus,
+<em>niban</em> secundus ad significandum uerò terminum additur,
+<em>me</em>, prædictis: u.g. <em>xiban me</em>, quartus: fit etiam
+numerus cardinalis anteponendo, <em>dai</em>,
+<span class = "pagenum">71</span>
+numeris, <em>coie</em>: u.g. <em>daiichi</em>, primus, <em>daini</em>,
+secundus, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio duplicium sit postposito, <em>bai</em>, numeralibus: u.g.
+<em>ichi bai</em>, duplum, <em>nibai</em> triplum, <em>sanbài</em>,
+quadruplum, <em>fiàcuzõbai</em>, centuplum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio partium ex tot una, fit anteponendo numeralia ad,
+<em>buichi</em>, u.g. <em>ni buichi</em>, ex duabus partibus una,
+<em>san buichi</em> ex tribus&nbsp;una.</p>
+
+<p>
+Ad decimandum uerò postponitur, <em>vàri</em>, numeralibus: u.g.
+<em>ichi vàri</em>; ex decem partibus una, <em>xi vàri gobu</em>, ex
+decem partibus quatuor &amp; dimidiam, <em>ju buichi</em>, autem
+coincidit cum, <em>ichi vàri</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Numeratio remorum arcabusiorum &amp; eorum quæ sunt longa ut ligna fit
+postposito, <em>chõ</em>, numeralibus: u.g. <em>icchó</em> unum,
+<em>nichó</em>, duo, <em>sangio</em>, tria, <em>jichió</em>, decem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratia piscium &amp; lignorum ad comburendum &amp;c. fit postposito
+<em>con</em>, numeralibus: u.g. <em>ìccon</em>, unus <em>sangon</em>
+tres <em>jiccon</em>, decem, <em>fiaccon</em>, centum, <em>fiacu go ju
+sangon</em>, centum quinquaginta tres: tot prendidit Sãnctus Petrus
+&amp; cum tanti essent non est scissum rete.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio foliorum papiri, uittarum argenti &amp;c. fit postposito
+<em>mai</em>, numeralibus: u.g. <em>ichi mai</em>, una, <em>cami
+gomai</em> quinque folia papiri.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio tabulatorum quæ sunt pauimenta domus fit postposito,
+<em>cai</em>, numeralibus: u.g. <em>nicai</em>, unus, <em>sangai</em>
+duo, <em>xicai</em> tres, <em>gocai</em> quatuor sicut habent domus
+Matriti.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio uerò uasorum et calicum quibus bibunt fit postposito,
+<em>fai</em>, numeralibus: u.g. <em>ippai</em>, unus potus, uel unum
+haustum, <em>ni fai</em> duo, <em>sanbai</em> tria, <em>jippai</em>,
+decem&nbsp;etc.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio telarum ex sericis: u.g. et aliorum similium fit postposito,
+<em>tan</em>, numeralibus: u.g. <em>irtàn</em>, unum, <em>ni tan</em>,
+duo, <em>sandan</em> tres, <em>jittan</em> decem, <em>xichitan
+bunè</em>, uocant nauigium quod uelo petit septem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Dicitur etiam postposito, <em>mai</em>, numeralibus: u.g.
+<em>gomai</em>, quinque, <em>gomai bunè</em>, nauicula quæ pro uelo
+petit quinque.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio animalium quadrupedum fit postposito, <em>fiqi</em>,
+numeralibus: u.g. <em>ippiqi</em>, unum <em>nifiqi</em>, duo
+<em>sanbiqi</em>, tria <em>roppiqi</em>, sex <em>jippiqi</em>, decem,
+<em>fiappiqi</em>, centum, <em>xenbiqi</em>, mille.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class = "pagenum">72</span>
+Annumeratio imaginum, picturarum, &amp; medicinarum fit postposito,
+<em>fucu</em>, numeralibus: v.g. <em>ippùcu</em>, vna, <em>nifucu</em>,
+duæ <em>sànbucu</em>, tres, <em>roppucu</em>, sex, <em>jippucu</em>,
+decem; ita annumerãtur etiam acus.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio librarum fit postposito <em>qin</em>, numeralibus: v.g.
+<em>icqin</em>, vna libra, <em>niqin</em>, duæ, <em>sanguin</em>, tres,
+<em>ròcqin</em>, sex, <em>jicqin</em> decem, <em>fiàcqin</em>, centum:
+<em>xenguin</em>, mille.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio missarum, &amp; congregationum hominum fit postposito,
+<em>za</em>, numeralibus: v.g. <em>ichi za</em>, vna <em>niza</em>, duæ,
+<em>sanza</em>, tres; <em>juza</em>, &amp; melius, <em>tòza</em>,
+decem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio saccorum orizæ, aut tritici etc. fit postposito,
+<em>fiô</em>, numeralibus: v.g. <em>ippiô</em>, vnus, <em>ni fiô</em>,
+duo <em>sanbiô</em>, tres, <em>xi fio</em>, quatuor, <em>roppio</em>,
+sex, <em>jippio</em>, decem, <em>fiappio</em>, centum, <em>xenbiô</em>,
+mille.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio lignorum, arundinum, acuum, fit postposito <em>fon</em>,
+numeralibus: v.g. <em>ippon</em>, vnum, <em>ni fon</em>, duo,
+<em>sanbon</em>, tria, <em>roppon</em>, sex, <em>jippon</em>, decem,
+<em>fiàppon</em>, centum, <em>xenbòn</em>, mille.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio fasciculorum fit postposito <em>va</em>, numeralibus: v.g.
+<em>ichi va</em>, vnus; <em>ni ua</em>, duo, <em>sanba</em>, tres,
+<em>jippa</em>; decem <em>júichi va</em>; vndecim; <em>ni jippa</em>;
+uiginti.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio onerum seu sarcinarum; quas equi portant; fit postposito;
+<em>só</em>; numeralibus: u.g. <em>issó</em> unum; <em>niso</em> duo;
+<em>sanzó</em> tria; <em>jisso</em>; decem: eodem modo numerantur illa
+instrumenta quæ uocantur; <em>biobu</em>; duo enim seu par ex illis
+uocatur; <em>issó</em>;&nbsp;etc.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio uero eius quod uulgo dicimus mano de papel fit postposito,
+<em>giô</em>; numeralibus: u.g. <em>ichi gio</em>; una <em>nigio</em>;
+duæ, <em>sangiô</em> tres; usque ad decem quæ sit postposito;
+<em>socu</em>, numeralibus: u.g. <em>issocu</em> decem, seu vna quæ
+uulgo uocatur media resma, <em>ni socu</em>; viginti quæ erit resma
+integra cum ista particula; <em>socu</em> postposita numeralibus
+annumerant etiam par calceorum: u.g. <em>issô cu</em>, par
+calceorum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio substantiarum fit postposito, <em>tai</em>, numeralibus:
+u.g. <em>ittai</em>, una; <em>nitai</em> duæ; <em>sandai</em>; tres;
+<em>Deus no von tocoro va goittai de gozaru</em>; Deus in quantum Deus
+est vna substantia et essentia.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio capitulorum fit postposita <em>cagiô</em>, numeralibus:
+<span class = "pagenum">73</span>
+<span class = "folionum">K</span>
+v.g. <em>iccagiô</em> vnum, <em>nicagio</em> duo, <em>sangagio</em>
+tria, <em>roccagio</em> sex, <em>fiaccagìo</em>, centum.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio guttarum fit postposito, <em>tèqi</em>, numeralibus: v.g.
+<em>ittèqi</em>, vna gutta, <em>jitteqi</em>, decem: idem fit
+postposito, <em>xizzucu</em> numeralibus, <em>iomi</em>; v.g. <em>fito
+xizzucu</em>, vna &amp;c. debet auferri, <em>tçu</em>, a numero vt
+videtur.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio paxillorum quibus comedunt, &amp; eorum quæ bina &amp; bina
+portantur, fit postposito, <em>tçui</em>, numeralibus: v.g.
+<em>itçui</em>, vnum par, <em>jittçui</em>, decem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio sarcinarum hominum fit postposita, <em>ca</em>, numeralibus:
+v.g. <em>icca</em> vna, <em>nica</em> duæ, <em>sànga</em>, tres.</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio librorum fit postposito, <em>quan</em>, numeralibus: v.g.
+<em>icquan</em> vnus, <em>niquan</em> duo, <em>sanguàn</em> tres,
+<em>ròquan</em> sex, <em>jiquan</em> decem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Ad interrogandum verò anteponitur, <em>nan</em>, nominibus mutatis vel
+non literis sicut in numero tertio: v.g. <em>àno mmadòmo va nanbiqi
+zo?</em> quot sunt illi equi?</p>
+
+<p>
+Annumeratio regnorum fit postposito, <em>cacocu</em>, numeralibus: v.g.
+<em>icca cocu</em>, vnum, <em>ni cacocu</em> duo, <em>sangacocu</em>
+tria, <em>jiccacocu</em>, decem: regna verò diuiduntur in prouincias seu
+districtus quos vocant postposito, <em>gun</em>, numeralibus: v.g.
+<em>ichigun</em>, vna prouincia, <em>nigun</em>, duæ, <em>sangun</em>,
+tres &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Sermones vero &amp; exhortationes annumerantur postposito, <em>dan</em>
+numeralibus: v.g. <em>ichi dan</em>, vnus sermo vel concio, verba vero
+annumerantur postposito, <em>gon</em>, vel <em>guen</em>, numeralibus:
+v.g. <em>ichĩgon</em> vnum, <em>sanguen</em> tria verba.</p>
+
+<p>
+Postposita particula, <em>zzutçu</em>, numeralibus tam, <em>coie</em>,
+quam <em>iomi</em>, fit sensus binus, a, um, v.g. <em>ichinin ni vxi
+sanbiqi zzutçu vo toraxeta</em>, vni dedit tres vaccas, <em>ichinin
+zzutçu saqe sànbài zzutçu vo nomarèta</em>, vnusquisque bibit tria
+hausta vini.</p>
+
+<p>
+Ad loquendum diuisiue duo vel tria: v.g. copulant duo numeralia: v.g.
+<em>xĩgonin</em>, quatuor vel quinque homines, cætera ex his
+elicies.</p>
+
+<p>
+Particulæ honoris sunt quatuor, <em>vo</em>, <em>von</em>, <em>go</em>,
+<em>mi</em>, duæ primæ iunguntur vocabulis, <em>iomi</em>, vltimæ verò
+iunguntur vocabulis, <em>coie</em>, siue chinensibus: vltima est
+honoratior &amp; illa vtimur ad loquendum de rebus diuinis: v.g.
+<em>midexi tachi</em>, discipuli Christi Domini, <em>goichi nin vocoite
+cudasarei</em>, mittatis obsecro vnum ex dominis.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span class = "pagenum">74</span>
+Verba verò quæ sequũtur etiam si habeant particulas honoris; habent se
+tamen ex parte loquentis; honorem verò important inquantum personam cum
+qua loquimur vel de qua loquimur attingunt: v.g. <em>go focô</em>, quod
+significat seruitium, <em>von furu mài</em>, quod est conuiuium, <em>von
+cotõba</em>, quod est verbum seu sermo, <em>von monõ gatàri</em>, quod
+est conuersatio, <em>von natçucaxij</em>, vel <em>von nocori vo
+voi</em>, habere quod Lusitani vocant saudades vel Hispani cariño,
+<em>von tòri auaxe</em>, quod est intercessio, <em>von mi mai</em>, quod
+est visitatio, <em>von chà</em>, quod est quidam potus quo inuitant,
+<em>go dancó</em>, quod est consultatio seu congregatio ad consilium
+capiendum, <em>von rei</em>, quod est gratiarum actio, <em>von
+busata</em>, quod est defectus in vrbanitate, <em>vomòtenaxi</em>, quod
+est bene &amp; laute tractare, <em>go chiso</em>, quod est æstimatio,
+<em>go iqen</em>, quod est consilium v.g. <em>fabacari nagara go iqen vo
+moxitài</em>, &amp; si sit inuerecundum &amp; indecens volo tamen
+consilium tibi dare &amp;c.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "script">
+Aliquæ regulæ coniugationum in scriptura librorum.</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+Aliquando fit verbum affirmatiuum cum præsenti negatiuo supra posito;
+ablato <em>u</em>, in quo finitur: v.g. <em>oracio vo tçutomen tòqi
+va</em>, quãdo habeo orationem, <em>xòsa vo tçutotmèn tàme ni va</em>,
+ad exequendum opus, <em>michĩ biqi tama van to voboxi mexi</em>, ad
+illum deducendum &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>
+Ad futurum affirmatiuum additur particula, <em>bèqi</em>, affirmatiuo
+supraposito ablato, <em>ru</em>, &amp; ad futurum negatiuum additur,
+<em>bècarazu</em>, affirmatiuo: v.g. <em>mòsu beqi</em>, dices, <em>mòsu
+beqarazu</em>, non dices: si vero oratio finitur in futuro,
+<em>bèqi</em>, conuertitur in <em>bexi</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Infinitiuum futuri fit addito, <em>còto</em>, futuro: v.g. <em>iòmu bèqi
+coto</em>, subiunctiuum fit postposito, <em>qerẽba</em>, radicibus
+verborum v.g. <em>sugure qerẽba</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Gerundium in do fit postposito, <em>te</em>, radicibus: v.g. <em>qiqi
+tamaite</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Verbum substantiuum in scriptura librorum est, <em>nàri u</em> &amp;
+<em>qeri u</em>, &amp; si in illo finitur oratio est in radice: v.g.
+<em>sadàme naqi io no ixei nari</em>, est dignitas mundi qui non habet
+stabilitatem.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum est postposito, <em>ari</em>, <em>u</em>, radicibus: v.g.
+<em>sũguretaru</em>,
+<span class = "pagenum">75</span>
+<span class = "folionum">K2</span>
+si verò oratio in illo finitur remanet, <em>ari</em>, <em>u</em>, in
+radice: v.g. <em>sũguretari</em>.</p>
+
+<p>
+Præteritum plusquam perfectum est postposito <em>nari</em>, præsenti:
+v.g. <em>ãgue tamo nari</em>, adorauerant.</p>
+
+<p>
+Si forte fuerint aliquæ aliæ regulæ in librorum scriptura erunt ita
+faciles quod facillimo negotio illas consequentur qui in lingua Iaponica
+fuerint tam prouecti, vt iam eius librorum lectioni possint vacare.</p>
+
+
+<h4 class = "chapter ital"><span class = "extended">LAVS
+DE</span>O.</h4>
+
+<hr class = "mid">
+
+<h4 class = "chapter"><a name = "errata">
+ERRATA SIC CORRIGE.</a><br>
+<br>
+Primus numerus paginam, secundus lineam indicat.</h4>
+
+<div class = "mynote">
+The listed errors have been corrected in the text and marked with a <ins
+class = "edcorr" title = "corrected by author...">solid underline</ins>.
+Other errors and anomalies are marked with a <ins class = "mycorr" title
+= "text reads...">dotted underline</ins>.
+</div>
+
+<p>
+pag. 3. linea 2. iu. lege in.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+7.25. <em>niffion.</em> l. <em>niffon.</em></p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+10.7. <em>goraru</em>. l. <em>gozaru</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+14. &amp; 15. accentus supra, <em>o</em>, sunt acuti &amp; debent esse
+graues.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+16.5. <em>mainnen</em>. l. <em>mainen</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+19.24. loca. l. loco.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+24. antepenultima. <em>de gozate</em>. l. <em>de gozatte</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+28.12. <em>ẽgue</em> l. <em>ãgue</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+33.22. <em>fucacaranda.</em> l. <em>fucacarananda</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+33.28. <em>cuuaav</em> l. <em>cuvazu</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+34. antepenultima. <em>incadeca</em>. l. <em>icãdeca</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+36. penultima. <em>voi cotaranu</em>. l. <em>vo cotaranu</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+39.25. <em>cu vanu</em>. l. <em>cui maraxenu</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+40. antepenultima amittit. l. admittit.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+43.10. <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘antepenultima’">anteposita</ins> particula.
+<em>na</em>. l. postposita particula. <em>va</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+42.32. <em><ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘uobrou’">nobrou</ins></em>. l. <em>noboru</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+42.11. <em><ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘vqetm vari’">vqetaam vari</ins></em>.
+l. <em>vqe tamavari</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+48. vltima. <em>vosorozij</em>. l. <em>vosoroxij</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+49.1. <em>vosoroxi</em>. <ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"‘l.’ missing in original">l.</ins> <em>vosoroxij</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+49.26. significat. l. significant.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+50.10. <em>doco.</em> l. <em>coco</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+51.3. <em>Poca</em>. l. <em>foca</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+57.26. <em>teugu</em>. l. <em>tengu</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+60.5. <em>tocude</em>. l. <em>tocorõde</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+60.19. <em>vo xite</em>. l. <em>coxite</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+60.<ins class = "mycorr" title = "text reads ‘24’">26</ins>.
+<em>mate.</em> ommittatur et non legatur.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+61.34. <em>ãgne</em>. l. <em>ãgue</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+64.15. <em>ni va qenbut</em>. l. <em>ni va vo qenbut</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+64.19. <em><ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘geuzan’">genzan</ins></em>. l. <em>guenzan</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+67.14. <em><ins class = "mycorr" title =
+"text reads ‘iuni’">iiuni</ins></em>, <em>iusan</em>. l. <em>juni</em>,
+<em>jusan</em>.</p>
+<p class = "nospace">
+70.31. <em>culum</em>. l. <em>anum</em>.</p>
+
+
+<div class = "mynote">
+Notes on Spelling and Punctuation:<br>
+<br>
+Latin:<br>
+All variation between u and v, i and j is as in the original.<br>
+In “potest ne” and similar forms, “ne” is always printed as a separate
+word. Conversely, “idest” is printed as a single word.<br>
+Punctuation and capitalization are as in the original <i>except:</i>
+<div class = "inset">“.” (period / full stop) followed by a lower-case
+letter was changed to&nbsp;: (colon) unless a comma was clearly
+called&nbsp;for.<br>
+Missing or inappropriate punctuation at paragraph-end or in the
+abbreviation “v.g.” was changed to&nbsp;“.”</div>
+<br>
+Japanese:<br>
+The translation of this text is currently in preparation at Project
+Gutenberg. It was consulted to clarify long-s ambiguities and to resolve
+some uncertainties in accentuation, primarily ô&nbsp;: õ. There was no
+attempt to make the forms consistent or correct, or to regularize
+word/morpheme breaks.</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Ars grammaticae Iaponicae linguae, by Diego Collado
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ARS GRAMMATICAE IAPONICAE LINGUAE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 17713-h.htm or 17713-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/1/7/7/1/17713/
+
+Produced by Louise Hope, David Starner and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
+